-
1 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
2 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
3 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
4 ποιέω
ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.Aποίεον Il. 20.147
; [var] contr.ποίει 18.482
; [dialect] Ion.ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36
, 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep.ποίησα Il.18.490
: [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119
: [tense] fut.ποιήσομαι Il.9.397
: in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep.ποι- Od.5.251
, al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.;πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11
,37: [tense] aor.ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159
, etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf.πεποίημαι Il.6.56
, etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as , , , etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol. ,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435;εἴδωλον Od.4.796
; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222;ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482
, cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε ) (vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139); (vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.;τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22
; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65;ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9
;πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96
;καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14
: c. gen. materiae,πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62
;ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31
;φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22
: rarely to be made with.., 1.4; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made,ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135
;στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16
, cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a;αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5
, cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).2 create, bring into existence,γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110
, cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.; the creator,Pl.
Ti. 76c;ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11
:—[voice] Med., beget,υἱόν And.1.124
;ἔκ τινος Id.4.22
; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive,παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b
:—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322;π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20
; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12; :—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14;π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53
; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d;παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64
, Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.; : abs., write poetry, write as a poet,ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38
;ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16
, cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation,ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193
; ; , etc.b represent in poetry, , cf. 364c, Smp. 174b; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, Plu.2.105b, cf. 25d, Pl. Grg. 525d, 525e, Arist.Po. 1453b29.c describe in verse,θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a
; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b;μῦθον Lycurg.100
.d invent,καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b
; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115;πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29
, cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.II bring about, cause,τελευτήν Od.1.250
;γαλήνην 5.452
;φόβον Il.12.432
;σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10
;τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8
;αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54
, etc.; also of things,ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14
;ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6
, cf. 2.89.b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that..,σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258
;π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926
;π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459
, cf. 746;π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912
, cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause,π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109
, cf. 1.209;ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18
:—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.2 procure,π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76
;ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1
; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain,κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126
;ἄδειαν Th.6.60
;τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25
;τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11
, cf. Th.1.5.3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate,π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19
, cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.);π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1
; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2;τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15
;παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a
; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b;π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30
(Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies,π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746
, Th.1.139;π. μυστήρια Id.6.28
([voice] Pass.);ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67
:—[voice] Med.,ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2
;ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57
(v.l.);δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34
;π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91
;π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169
.4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war,πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48
; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199;σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14
;ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29
; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11;σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77
, etc.5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29;π. ὁδόν Id.7.42
, 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30;τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2
, etc.;χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b
: with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363;ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387
;ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21
;γέροντα 16.456
;ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537
;γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818
; [μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5
;πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156
;Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29
, etc.;π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39
: hence, appoint, instal,τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6
;δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14
:—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt,ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3
, cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.;π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180
: generally,ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433
;π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54
; ;τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119
; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129; .IV put in a certain place or condition, etc.,ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274
; ; , cf. 71;ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136
;τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109
;ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33
;ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3
;ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37
; of troops, form them,ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11
, cf. 3.4.21; in politics,ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53
; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48;μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61
:—[voice] Med.,ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201
, cf.5.103, etc.;ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22
; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1;τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106
; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών); ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9
.2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act.,δεινὰ π. 2.121
.έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.;μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119
; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c;οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118
: freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138;ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498
;ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5
;ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16
; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42;παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11
; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63;περὶ παντός Id.2.15
(rarelyπολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d
); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.VI put the case, assume that..,ποιήσας ἀν' ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι Hdt.7.184
, cf. 186, X.An.5.7.9: without inf., ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (sc. εἶναι) Pl.Tht. 197d:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, ib.e; those who are reputed..,Id.
R. 498a, cf. 538c, 573b:—but for τὸν φιλόσοφον ποιώμεθα νομίζειν ib. 581d read τί οἰώμεθα..;VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.);ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23
, cf. To.10.7; (ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.);τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35
; tarry, stay,μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3
, cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).VIII in later Greek, sacrifice, ; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5; , cf. 18.62;ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56
;πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811
;τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12
;ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134
fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40;οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911
, etc.;τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010
; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.;μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17
; alsoεὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8
; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν)κακῶς π. D.1.18
; in LXX with Prep.,π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29
;ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115
; , cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers.,τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19
;ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12
codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei,τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8
:—in [voice] Med.,φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152
,5.37.3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652;πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1
;ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9
;μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d
; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part.,εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24
, cf. Pl.Phd. 60c;καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13
;οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c
; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial,καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e
;καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110
, cf. 1.28; fortunately,Id.
23.143.4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.II abs., to be doing, act,ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11
; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b;λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6
; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc., , al.;εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133
: c. dat.,στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183
: abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6. -
5 δή
δή, prop. a temporal Particle (cf. ἤδη),A at this or that point: hence, now, then, already, or at length:I in [dialect] Ep. (rarely Lyr.) sts. at the beginning of a sentence or clause,Τεῦκρε πέπον, δὴ νῶϊν ἀπέκτατο πιστὸς ἑταῖρος Il.15.437
; ;δὴ γὰρ μέγα νεῖκος ὄρωρεν 13.122
; δὴ τότε, δή ῥα τότε, 1.476, 13.719, al., cf. Pi.O.3.25, A.Th. 214 (lyr.): but usu. second (or nearly so), freq. with Numerals and temporal Particles,ὀκτὼ δὴ προέηκα.. ὀϊστούς Il. 8.297
; ἐννέα δὴ βεβάασι.. ἐνιαυτοί full nine years, 2.134; ἕκτον δὲ δὴ τόδ' ἦμαρ this is just the sixth day, E.Or.39, cf. Il.24.107, etc.: also after Advbs. of Time, πολλάκι δή many a time and oft, often ere now, 19.85;ὀψὲ δὲ δή 7.94
;τρὶς δή Pi.P.9.91
; πάλαι δή, Lat. jamdudum, S.Ph. 806; νῦν δή just now, Ar.Av. 923 (freq. written νυνδή, Pl.Tht. 145b, etc.); νῦν τε καὶ ἄλλοτε δή ib. 187d; now at length, Id.R. 353a, etc.; τότε δή at that very time, Th.1.49, etc.; αὐτίκα δὴ μάλα this very instant, Pl.R. 338b, etc.; ὕστερον δή yet later, Th.2.17: freq. with temporal Conjunctions, ἐπεὶ δή (written ἐπειδή, q. v.), etc.II without temporal significance, as a Particle of emphasis, in fact, of course, certainly, ναὶ δή, ἦ δή, Il.1.286, 518, etc.; οὐ δή surely not, S.Ph. 246, cf. E.Or. 1069, etc.; δῆλα δή, v. δῆλος; with Verbs,δὴ γὰρ ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσι Il.15.488
;νῦν δὲ ὁρᾶτε δή X.Cyr. 3.2.12
;καὶ ἴστε δὴ οἷος.. Pl.Ap. 21a
: less freq. with Substs., σοφιστὴν δή τοι ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι they call the man a sophist as you know, Id.Prt. 311e: with Conjunctions, ἵνα δή, ὡς δή, Il.23.207, 5.24, etc.;ὅπως δή Th.5.85
; γὰρ δή for manifestly, A.Ch. 874, 891, Pl.Tht. 156c; : hence with a part. representing Conjunction and Verb, ἅτε δὴ ἐόντες since they evidently are, Hdt. 8.90; but ὡς φόνον νίζουσα δή as though she were.., E.IT 1338, cf. Hdt.1.66, X.Cyr.5.4.4, etc.; and so, ironically,ὡς δή Il.1.110
, Ar.V. 1315, Eq. 693, Pl.Prt. 342c, al.; freq. withσύ, ὡς δὴ σύ μοι τύραννος Ἀργείων ἔσῃ A.Ag. 1633
, cf. S.OC 809, E.Andr. 235, etc.; also ἵνα δή .. Pl.R. 420e, Men. 86d;ὅτι δή.. Id.Phdr. 268d
; also εἰσήγαγε τὰς ἑταιρίδας δή the pretended courtesans, X.HG5.4.6, cf. E. Ion 1181, Th.4.67,6.80.2 freq. placed immediately after Pronouns, ἐμὲ δή me of all persons, Hdt.3.155; σὺ δή you of all persons, Id.1.115, S.Aj. 1226; οὗτος δή this and no other, Hdt.1.43;ὑμεῖς δὲ κεῖνοι δὴ οἵ.. S.Tr. 1091
; οὗτος δὴ ὁ Σωκράτης, ironically, Pl.Tht. 166a; τὸ λεγόμενον δὴ τοῦτο as the well-known saying goes, Id.Grg. 514e, cf. E.Hipp. 962; δή τις some one you know of, Pl.Phd. 108c, al.: with possess. Pronouns,τὸ σὸν δὴ τοῦτο Pl.Smp. 221b
, cf. Grg. 5c8d, etc.: with relatives,ὃς δὴ νῦν κρατέει Il.21.315
;τὰ δὴ καὶ ἐγένετο Hdt.1.22
; οἷος δὴ σύ just such as thou, Il.24.376, cf. Od.1.32, S.Aj. 995, etc.;ὅσα δή Ar.Ach.1
, etc.: with Adjs., οἴη δή, μοῦνος δή, Od.12.69, Hdt.1.25;ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν X.An.3.1.2
: freq. with Superlatives,μάχη ἐγένετο πλείστου δὴ χρόνου μεγίστη δὴ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν Th.5.74
;ἁπάντων δὴ ἄλγιστον S.Aj. 992
, etc.III to mark a transition, with or without inference, so, then,νίκη μὲν δὴ φαίνετ'.. Il.3.457
;τὴν μὲν δὴ τυραννίδα οὕτω ἔσχον Hdt.1.14
;τοῦτο δὴ τὸ ἄγος οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐκέλευον ἐλαύνειν Th.1.127
.IV with Indef. Particles, v. δήποθεν, δήποτε, δήπω, δήπουθεν: with interrogatives,τοῦ δὴ ἕνεκα; Pl.Grg. 457e
;τίδὲδή..; Id.Phd. 58c
(simply τί δή; what then? R. 357d);πότερα δή; S.Ph. 1235
(and with Advbs.,ποῖ δὴ καὶ πόθεν; Pl.Phdr.
init.; ποῦ δή; πῇ δή; ib. 228e, Il.2.339, etc.): with Indef. Pronouns, δή strengthens the indef. notion, ἄλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ' ἐπιτέλλεο others be they who they may, Il.1.295; μηδεὶς δή no one at all, Pl.Tht. 170e; δή τις some one or other, Id.R. 498a (pl.), etc. (rarely ); the neut. δή τι is common, ἦ ἄρα δή τι ἐΐσκομεν ἄξιον εἶναι; in any way, whatever it be, Il.13.446;τὸ ἱππικόν, τῷ δή τι καὶ ἐπεῖχε ἐλλάμψεσθαι Hdt.1.80
;οὕτω δή τι Id.3.108
, etc.; whosoever it be,Id.
1.86; ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή, Lat. quantocumque, ib. 160, etc.;οἵα δή γε.. E.Heracl. 632
, cf. Supp. 162; butθαυμαστὰ δὴ ὅσα Pl.Smp. 220b
;ὡς δή Il.5.24
, etc.; so almost, = ἤδη, ἀναπέτομαι δὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον Anacr.24;καὶ δὴ φίλον τις ἔκταν' ἀγνοίας ὕπο A. Supp. 499
; ; ; οἶσθα μὲν δή ib. 627; so καὶ δή already, in fact, freq. not at the beginning of the sentence, , cf. Nu. 906, Theoc.5.83; butκαὶ δή σφε λείπω A.Supp. 507
.2 to continue a narrative, freq. after μέν, then, so,τότε μὲν δὴ.. ἡσυχίην εἶχε Hdt.1.11
; Σόλων μὲν δὴ ἔνεμε ib. 32; τὸν μὲν δὴ πέμπει ib. 116; alone, εἷς δὴ τούτων.. <*> one of these.., ib. 114, etc.: freq. in summing up, τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα, Lat. haec hactenus, A.Pr. 500, cf. Hdt.1.14, Th.2.4;τούτων δὴ ἕνεκα X. Cyr.3.2.28
, etc.; in summing up numbers, γίγνονται δὴ οὗτοι χίλιοι these then amount to 1, 000, ib.1.5.5; in resuming after a parenthesis,Ἀνδρομάχη, θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος Ἠετίωνος.., τοῦ περ δὴ θυγάτηρ Il.6.395
;οὗτος δὴ.., ὁ μὲν δή Hdt.1.43
.b with imper. and subj.,μὴ δὴ.. ἐπιέλπεο Il.1.545
, cf. 5.684, etc.;χωρῶμεν δὴ πάντες S.Ph. 1469
; ἐννοεῖτε γὰρ δή for do but consider, X.Cyr.4.3.5; ἄγε δή, φέρε δή, ἴθι δή, σκόπει δή, λέγε δή, Pl.Sph. 235a, Phd. 63b, Sph. 224c, Phd. 80a, Prt. 312c.3 to express what follows a fortiori, καὶ μετὰ ὅπλων γε δή above all with arms, Th.4.78; μή τί γε δή not to mention, D.2.23; εἰ δὲ δὴ πόλεμος ἥξει Id. 1.27.4 καὶ δή and what is more, adding an emphatic statement, Il.1.161, 15.251, Hdt.5.67, Lys.13.4; in Prose, freq.καὶ δὴ καί.., ἐς Αἴγυπτον ἀπίκετο.., καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐς Σάρδις Hdt.1.30
, etc.; καὶ δὴ καὶ νῦν τί φῄς; and now what do you say? Pl.Tht. 187c; καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν παρόντα yes, and actually here present, S.OC31; esp. in a series, ὑγίεια καὶ ἰσχὺς καὶ κάλλος καὶ πλοῦτος δή and of course riches, Pl.Men. 87e, cf. Tht. 159c, R. 367d; εἴτ'.. εἴτ'.. εἴτεδή ib. 493d.b καὶ δή is also used in answers, ἦ καὶ παρέστη κἀπὶ τέρμ' ἀφίκετο; Answ. καὶ δὴ 'πὶ δισσαῖς ἦν.. πύλαις yes, he was even so far as.., S.Aj.49; βλέψον κάτω. Answ. καὶ δὴ βλέπω well, I am looking, Ar. Av. 175, cf. Pax 327, Pl. 227 sq., S.El. 317 sq., 1436, etc.; πρόσθιγέ νύν μου. Answ.ψαύω καὶ δή S.OC 173
; without καί, ἀποκρίνου περὶ ὧν ἂν ἐρωτῶ. Answ. ; ἐρώτα. Answ. .c in assumptions or suppositions, καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι and now suppose I have accepted, A.Eu. 894, cf. Ch. 565, E.Med. 386, Hel. 1059, not found in S., once in Ar.V. 1224. -
6 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
7 μή
A mā´, Arm. mi [from I.-E. mē´], negative used in prohibitions):— not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.)A in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning,1 with [tense] pres. imper., 2 pers.,μή μ' ἐρέθιζε Il.1.32
, al.; 3 pers.,μή μευ πειράτω 9.345
, etc.: rarely with [tense] aor. imper.,μὴ.. ἔνθεο τιμῇ 4.410
, cf. Od.24.248; in [dialect] Att.,μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς.. ἐλπίδος Ar.Th. 870
; 3 pers.,μή τις ἀκουσάτω Od.16.301
, cf. Pi.O.8.55, P.5.23, A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 1180;μηδεὶς νομισάτω, προσδοκησάτω X.Cyr.7.5.73
, Pl.Ap. 17c: with [tense] pf. imper. 3 pers.,μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω Il.12.272
; or 2 pers. when [tense] pf. = [tense] pres.,μὴ κεκράγετε Ar. V. 415
.2 with subj. (usu. 2 pers. of [tense] aor.), in prohibitions,μὴ δή με.. ἐάσῃς Il.5.684
, cf. A.Pr. 583 (lyr.), al.; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο ib. 625, cf. S.Ph. 470;μὴ φθονήσῃς Pl.Prt. 320c
: coupled with [tense] pres. imper.,μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε D.21.211
; 3 pers.,μὴ.. γένηται Il.4.37
, cf. Od.22.213;μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι Pi.O.5.24
: rarely, if ever, with 2 pers. [tense] pres. subj., (leg. κάμῃς); 3 pers., μή τις οἴηται, = μὴ οἰώμεθα, Pl.Lg. 861e: also with the hortative subj. used to supply the 1 pers. of the imper., [tense] pres. μὴ ἴομεν ([etym.] ἴωμεν) Il.12.216, etc.;μὴ διώκωμεν Hdt.8.109
, etc.: [tense] aor.μὴ πάθωμεν X.Cyr.1.5.11
, etc.: rarely with [ per.] 1sg.,μή σε.. κιχείω Il.1.26
, cf. 21.475, 22.123, S.OC 174 (anap.).b with [tense] pres. or [tense] aor. subj. in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ.. γένησθε take care you do not become, Il.5.487; μὴ.. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear.. may prove to be weaving, Od.5.356; : in [dialect] Att. Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, , cf. Tht. 188d, Arist.Pol. 1291a8, al.: in later Greek the ind. is found,μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν.. ἀντιλαμβάνεται Dam.Pr.27
.3 with [tense] fut. ind., a dub. usage ( νεμεσήσετ ' is subj. in Il.15.115),μηδεμίαν ἄδειαν δώσετε Lys.29.13
; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Pap. βούλη[σθ]ε) D.23.117; cf.μαλακὸν ἐνδώσετε μηδέν Ar.Pl. 488
.4 with past tenses of ind. to express an unfulfilled wish,μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι Il.9.698
, cf. Od. 11.548; ;εἴθε μή ποτ' εἰδόμαν Id.OT 1217
(lyr.), cf. E.IA70, Cyc. 186, X.Cyr.4.6.3.5 with opt. to express a negative wish, with [tense] pres.,ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη A.Th. 426
, cf. Eu. 938 (lyr.): more freq. with [tense] aor.,μὴ σέ γ' ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν Od.1.386
, cf. 403, 11.613.6 in oaths and asseverations,ἴστω Ζεὺς.., μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος Il.10.330
;ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα.., μὴ.. Ποσειδάων.. πημαίνει Τρῶας 15.41
;μὰ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην.., μὴ ἐγώ σ' ἀφήσω Ar.Ec. 1000
, cf. Av. 195, Lys. 917.7 c. inf., when used as imper.,μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους Il.17.501
;μὴ πρὶν ἐπ' ἠέλιον δῦναι 2.413
;οἷς μὴ πελάζειν A.Pr. 712
.8 freq. without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (sc. θάνῃς) S.OC 1441; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (sc. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, Ar.Ach. 458; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (sc. ποιεῖσθε) S.Ant. 577; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! E.Med. 964; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! Ar.Ach. 345;μή μοί γε μύθους Id.V. 1179
.B in DEPENDENT clauses:1 with Final Conjs.,ἵνα μή Il.19.348
, etc.;ὅπως μή D.27.5
,al.;ὡς μή Il.8.37
, A.Pr.53,al.;ὄφρα μή Il. 1.118
,al.: with ὅπως ἄν and ὡς ἄν, that so,ὅπως ἂν.. μηδέ Ar.V. 178
, Pl.Grg. 481a;ὡς ἂν μή Od.4.749
, Hdt.1.5; butb μή alone, = ἵνα μή, lest,ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη Il.1.522
, cf. 587;λίσσεσθαι.., μή οἱ.. χολώσαιτο φρένα κούρη Od.6.147
: [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. in consecutive clauses, Ar.Ec. 495 (lyr., dub.l.).2 in the protasis of conditional sentences, v. εἰ (for the exceptions v. οὐ), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, v. ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε, etc.b ὅτι μή except,ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι Hdt.1.18
, cf. Th.4.26;ὅτι μὴ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη Pl.Phd. 67a
; ὅσον μή ib. 83a; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, Th.4.16.3 in later Gr., with causal Conjs.,ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν Ev.Jo.3.18
, cf. Luc.DMort.21.2, D Deor.2.1;ἐπεὶ μή Id.Hist.Conscr.3
, etc.: also after ὅτι and ὡς that, , cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29, DDeor.20.10.4 in relat. clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever.., Hdt.4.74; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (fort. κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as.., A.Eu. 618, cf. 661, 899; λέγονθ' ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, S.Ph. 583; ; : freq. with subj.,ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν Od.4.165
, al.: with ἄν, S.OT 281: with opt.,ἃ μὴ σαφῶς εἰδείη X.Cyr.1.6.19
, etc.: less freq. with opt. and ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 20a, Lg. 839a; γένοιτο δ' ἂν ἐν ᾗ μή τι ἂν προσδοκήσειεν χώρᾳ ib. 872d.5 c. inf.,a regularlyfrom Homer on, exc. after Verbs of saying and thinking (but v. infr. c): after ὥστε orὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν A.Pers. 725
(troch.), etc. (for exceptions v. οὐ): always when the inf. takes the Art.,τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν Pi.O.8.60
;τὸ μὴ ἀμελεῖν μάθε A. Eu.86
, cf. 749, Pr. 624; .b by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like ,ὁ δ' ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι Il.18.500
(without μή ib. 450);ἀντιδικεῖν Lys.6.12
([etym.] μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν Th.5.49
, Is.4.15 ([etym.] μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν Antipho 5.34
, And.4.9; , D.33.19, etc.; ; , al. (withoutμή S.Aj.70
);ἀπιστεῖν Th.4.40
;ἀπεγνωκέναι Lys.1.34
;ἀποστερεῖσθαι Antipho 2.4.1
([etym.] μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι Id.5.32
([etym.] μηδέν) ; ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, Ar.Eq. 572, Hdt.3.67;ἐναντιωθῆναι Pl.Ap. 32b
;σχεῖν Hdt.1.158
; παύειν (where the part. is more freq.) Ar.Ach. 634; ;ἐπάρατον ἦν μὴ οἰκεῖν Th.2.17
: in these cases the Art. freq. precedesμή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι.. ἔσχε τόδε Hdt.5.101
; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι; S.Ant. 535; εἴργειν τὸ μή .. Th.3.1, etc.; also (lyr.): with Art. in gen., ἔχειν τοῦ μή .. X.An.3.5.71; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή .. Id.Cyr.2.4.23.c after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like ; so after ὄμνυμι, Il.9.133, Od.5.179, Hdt.1.165, 2.179, Ar.V. 1047, etc.;μαρτυρῶ Lys.7.11
, D.45.15, etc.; , Smp. 202b, cf. Phd. 93d, etc.;ἐγγυῶμαι Pi.O.11(10).18
, Pl.Prt. 336d; , etc.;πιστεύω And.1.2
, X.An.1.9.8, etc.: occasionally with other Verbs,φημί Id.Mem.1.2.39
, Pl.Tht. 155a; λέγω, προλέγω, Th. 5.49, 1.139; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή .. X. Cyr.7.1.18; νομίζω ib.7.5.59, Th.6.102; : very freq. in later Gr., Ev.Matt.2.12, Luc. Peregr.44, etc.6 with the part., when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε, Hdt.4.64; μὴ θέλων, = εἰ μὴ θέλεις, A.Pr. 504; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, = εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε, Id.Ag. 273; μὴ δρῶν, = εἰ μὴ δρῴην, S.OT77, etc.: in a general or characteristic sense, δίδασκέ με ὡς μὴ εἰδότα, = ut qui nihil sciam, Id.OC 1155, cf. Ant. 1063, 1064; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσις; one who sees not, Id.OC73: in this signf. freq. with the Art.,ὁ μὴ λεύσσων Id.Tr. 828
(lyr.);ὁ μὴ δουλεύσας Pl.Lg. 762e
;τῷ μὴ εἰργασμένῳ Antipho 5.65
;τὸν.. μὴ φροντίσαντα Lycurg.27
, cf. 45, etc.: with causal significance,μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται S.OT 289
, etc.;ἄθλια πάσχω μὴ.. μόνον βιαζόμενος Antipho 2.2.4
; ;μηδενὸς ἐμποδὼν ὄντος D.3.8
: very freq. in later Greek, POxy.38.16 (i A.D.), Luc.DMeretr.12.4, etc.: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, S.Ph.79, OC 656, 797, 1122, E.Tr. 970, Th.1.76, 2.17.7 with Substs., Adjs., and Advbs. used generically, with or without Art.,τὰ μὴ δίκαια A.Eu. 432
;δίκαια καὶ μὴ δίκαια Id.Ch.78
(lyr.);τὸ μὴ 'νδικον S.OT 682
(lyr.);τὸ μὴ καλόν Id.Ant. 370
(lyr.); ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, = τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν, want of experience, Ar.Ec. 115;ἡ μὴ ἐπιτροπή Pl.Lg. 966c
; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον ib. 759b;ὁ μὴ ἰατρός Id.Grg. 459b
;νίκης μὴ κακῆς A.Eu. 903
, cf. Th. 411;τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς Id.Pr. 1012
, cf. Ag. 349, 927.8 after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (cf. μὴ οὐ):a when the thing feared is [tense] fut., mostly with subj.: with [tense] pres. subj., δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be.., S.OT 747, cf.Ant. 1113;ὅρα μὴ κυβεύῃς Pl.Prt. 314a
: more freq. with [tense] aor.,δείδοικα.. μή σε παρείπῃ Il. 1.555
, cf. 9.244, 13.745: with [tense] pf., shall prove to have been, , cf. Ph. 494, Hdt.3.119,4.140, etc.: less freq. with [tense] fut. ind., X.Cyr.2.3.6, Ar.Ec. 488, Pl.Phlb. 13a: with opt. according to the sequence of moods and tenses: [tense] pres. opt., S. Tr. 482, X.An.1.10.9: [tense] aor., Od.11.634, etc.: [tense] pf., X.Cyr.1.3.10: with [tense] fut. opt. in oratio obliqua, Id.HG6.4.27, Mem.1.2.7, Pl.Euthphr. 15d: with opt. and ἄν, S.Tr. 631, X.vect.4.41.b when the action is [tense] pres. or past, the ind. is used, , cf. E. Ion 1523, Ar.Nu. 493, Pl.La. 196c;ὅρα μὴ παίζων ἔλεγεν Id.Tht. 145b
, cf. E.Hel. 119; , cf. E.Or. 209, Pl.Ly. 218d;δείδω μὴ δὴ πάντα θεὰ νημερτέα εἶπεν Od. 5.300
.c with ind. and subj. in consecutive clauses, E.Ph.93.C in QUESTIONS:I direct questions,1 with ind., where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in A.Ag. 683 (lyr.), S.OC 1502, Tr. 316, Pl.Grg. 488b), in Hom. only ἦ μή .. ; Od.6.200, 9.405; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν .. ; A.Pers. 344, cf. Pr. 249, 959, etc.: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. freq. ἆρα μή; Id.Th. 208, S.El. 446, Pl.R. 405a: for questions in which μή ([etym.] μηδέ ) follows οὐ, v. οὐ μή.b in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσω; what am I not to do? S.El. 1276 (lyr.); τί μή; why not? Id.Aj. 668 (s.v.l.); cf. μήν2 with subj., when the speaker deliberates about a neg. action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμεν; Pl.R. 335c, cf. 337b, 417b; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκην; D.21.35; πῶς μὴ φῶμεν; Pl.Tht. 161e: with opt. and ἄν, πῶς ἄν τις μὴ θυμῷ λέγοι; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? Id.Lg. 887c, cf. Grg. 510d, X. Mem.3.1.10.II indirect questions, freq. with Verbs implying fear and apprehension (cf. B. 8),ὄφρα ἴδωμεν μὴ τοὶ κοιμήσωνται Il.10.98
, cf. 101, Od.21.395;περισκοπῶ μή πού τις.. ἐγχρίμπτει S.El. 898
, cf. Th.2.13, etc.; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή .. Isoc.5.8, cf. 15.6; later in simple indirect questions,ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω Ant.Lib.23.5
.2 in questions introduced byεἰ, ἤρετό με.. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι Aeschin.2.36
( εἰ οὐκ in same sense, 1.84): in the second part of a disjunctive question, εἰ.. ἢ (or εἴτε) μή.., εἴτε.. εἴτε μή .., A.Eu. 468, 612, And.1.7, Pl.Ap. 18a, R. 457d, X.Cyr.2.1.7; εἴτε.. εἴτε μή.., εἰ.. ἢ οὔ, εἰ.. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, Is.8.9; so also,τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή,.. τοὺς λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς διδάσκουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14
.D POSITION of μή. When the neg. extends its power over the whole clause, μή prop. precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sts. put μή after the Verb,ὄλοιο μή πω S.Ph. 961
; φράσῃς.. μὴ πέρα ib. 332, cf. OC 1522.E PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, S.OT13, 221, Tr. 321, etc.: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis,μὴ 'πὁθουν Id.Aj. 962
;μὴ 'μβαίνῃς Id.OC 400
; : in Prose,μὴ 'κ IG12.115.11
: μή folld. by α is sts. written μἀ .. (v. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sts. separately,μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu.85
, etc.F μή in COMPOSITION, or joined with other Particles, as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc., will be found in alphabetical order. -
8 χαίρω
A : [tense] impf., [dialect] Ep.χαῖρον Il.14.156
, [dialect] Ion.χαίρεσκον 18.259
: [tense] fut.χαιρήσω 20.363
, Hdt. 1.128, Ar.Pl.64, And.1.101, Arr.An.5.20.6; [dialect] Ep. redupl. inf.κεχᾰρησέμεν Il.15.98
; later χᾰρῶ v.l. in Apoc. 11.10: [tense] aor.ἐχαίρησα Plu. Luc.25
: [tense] pf. , part.- ηκώς Hdt.3.42
, etc., [dialect] Ep. acc. κεχᾰρηότα, pl. -ότας, Il.7.312, Hes.Fr.77:—[voice] Med. (in same sense), χαίρομαι, noted as a barbarism in Ar. Pax 291 (v. Sch.), but found in BCH36.622 (Perinthus, written χέρ-), Alex.Aphr.Pr.1.20, al.: [tense] fut. χᾰρήσομαι Ps.-Luc.Philopatr.24, ([etym.] συγ-) Plb.30.18.1, D.S. 31.15; [dialect] Dor.χαρησοῦμαι Pythag.Ep.3.7
; χᾰροῦμαι LXXZa.4.10, ([etym.] κατα-) ib.Pr.1.26; [dialect] Ep.κεχᾰρήσομαι Od.23.266
: [tense] aor. 1 part. (ii A. D.): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor.1χήρατο Il.14.270
;ἐχ- Opp.C.1.509
, etc.; part.χηράμενος AP7.198
(Leon.): [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.κεχάροντο Il.16.600
(χάροντο Q.S.6.315
); opt. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάροιτο, -οίατο, Od.2.249, Il.1.256:—[voice] Pass. (in same sense), [tense] aor. 2 ἐχάρην [pron. full] [ᾰ] 7.54, etc., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.χάρη 5.682
, 13.609; subj. ; opt.χᾰρείη Il.6.481
; inf.χᾰρῆναι Simon.164
; part.χᾰρείς Il.10.541
, Sapph.118, Pi.I.6(5).10, Ar.Th. 981 (lyr.), etc.; [tense] pf.κεχάρημαι h.Bacch.7.10
, E.IA 200 (lyr.), Ar.V. 389 (anap.); part.κεχαρμένος E.Or. 1122
, Tr. 529 (lyr.), Cyc. 367 (lyr.): [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάρητο, -ηντο, Hes.Sc.65, h.Cer. 458:—rejoice, be glad, Il.3.111, 21.347, etc.;γραῦς ἥδε οἰνοφόρος κεχαρημένη ὧδε κάθηται IG12(8).679
(Scyros, ii B. C.):χ. θυμῷ Il.7.191
, al.;ἐν θυμῷ 24.491
, Od.22.411;φρεσὶν ᾗσι Il.13.609
;φρένα 6.481
; χ. νόῳ to rejoice in wardly, Od. 8.78;χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ Il.23.647
;αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ χ. Od.4.260
;χ. καὶ γελᾶν S.El. 1300
; ; opp. λυπεῖσθαι, A.Fr.266.3, S.Aj. 555, etc.; opp. ἀλγεῖν, Id.Tr. 1119. —Constr.,1 c. dat. rei, rejoice at, take pleasure in a thing,νίκῃ Il.7.312
;φήμῃ Od.2.35
; ;μόλπᾳ Sapph.Supp. 25.5
, cf. S.OT 1070, Pl.Mx. 238d, etc.: c. dat. pers.,χαῖρε.. ἀνδρὶ δικαίῳ Od.3.52
; with a part. added,χάρη δ' ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι Il.5.682
, cf. 24.706, Od.19.463: with Preps.,χαίρειν ἐπί τινι S.Fr. 926
, X. Mem.2.6.35, Cyr.8.4.12, Isoc.2.30, Pl.Lg. 739d, etc.;πρὸς τοῖς παιδικοῖς Eup.327
; with a part. added,ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοις κακοῖσι χ. E.Ba. 1040
, cf. 1033: rarely (lyr.), S.Tr. 1119: also c. dat. modi, χ. γέλωτι express one's joy by laughter, X.Cyr.8.1.33.b of a plant,χαίρει ὑφάμμοις χωρίοις Thphr.HP6.5.2
; alsoἡ κύστις χ. τῇ χολῇ Gal.19.646
.2 rarely c. acc., with a part. added,χαίρω δέ σ' εὐτυχοῦντα E.Rh. 390
;τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ θνῄσκοντας οὐ χ. Id.Hipp. 1340
; χαίρω σ' <ἐλθόντα> Id.Fr. 673 (this usage is said to be Oropian, EM808.4).b with a neut. Adj., : c. acc. cogn.,ἁπλῆν χαίρειν ἡδονήν Arist.EN 1154b26
;χ. ἀνδραπόδων τινὰ χαράν Plu.2.1091e
.3 c. part., χαίρω.. τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας I rejoice at having heard, am glad to hear, Il.19.185, cf. 7.54, 11.73;χαίρουσιν βίοτον νήποινον ἔδοντες Od.14.377
, cf. 12.380, Hes.Op.55;χαίρω.. κόμπον ἱείς Pi.N.8.49
;χαίρεις ὁρῶν φῶς, πατέρα δ' οὐ χαίρειν δοκεῖς; E.Alc. 691
;χαίρω φειδόμενος Ar.Pl. 247
;θωπευόμενος χαίρεις Id.Eq. 1116
(lyr.), cf. Pl.Smp. 191e, etc.b c. part. [tense] pres., delight in doing, to be wont to do,χρεώμενοι χαίρουσι Hdt.7.236
, cf. S.Ph. 449, Ar.V. 764, Pl.Prt. 318d, 346c, 358a.4 χαίρειν ὅττι or ὅτι .., Od.14.51, 526, Pi.N.5.46; ἐχάρην καὶ ἐθρασυνάμην ὅτι ἔμαθον .. Metrod.Fr.42; χ. οὕνεκα .. Od.8.200.II with negat., esp. with [tense] fut., οὐ χαιρήσεις thou wilt or shalt not rejoice, i.e. thou shalt not go unpunished, shalt repent it, Ar.Pl.64;οὐ χαιρήσετον Id.Eq. 235
; soοὐδέ τιν' οἴω Τρώων χαιρήσειν Il.20.363
, cf.15.98, Od.2.249, Ar.V. 186; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς Κῦρόςγε χαιρήσει Hdt.1.128
; with an interrog.,σὺ.. χαιρήσειν νομίζεις; Plu.Alex.51
: rarely with other tenses,ὅπως ἂν μὴ χαίρωσιν. D.19.299
;οὐκ ἐχαίρησεν Plu.Luc.25
: for a similar use of the part., v. infr. IV. 2.1 at meeting, hail, welcome (esp. in the morning, acc. to D.C.69.18, cf. Luc.Laps.), Il.9.197, Od.13.229, etc.;χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ' ἄμμι φιλήσεαι 1.123
; strengthd.,οὖλέ τε, καὶ μάλα χαῖρε, θεοὶ δέ τοι ὄλβια δοῖεν 24.402
;χαῖρέ μοι Il.23.19
, cf. S.OC 1137; repeated, A.Eu. 996, 1014 (both lyr.), S.Aj.91, etc.;χαῖρ' ὡς μέγιστα, χαῖρε Id.Ph. 462
; in greeting one's native land, the sun, etc., A.Ag. 508,22, S.Ph. 1453 (anap.).b sts. implied in the use of χαίρω, κῆρυξ Ἀχαιῶν, χαῖρε .. Answ. χαίρω I accept the greeting, A.Ag. 538; νῦν πᾶσι χαίρω, νῦν με πᾶς ἀσπάζεται I hear the word χαῖρε from all, S.OT 596: so in inf., τὸ χαίρειν dub. l. in Pl.Chrm. 164e; χαίρειν δὲ τὸν κήρυκα προὐννέπω I bid him welcome, S.Tr. 227;προσειπών τινα χ. οὐκ ἀντιπροσερρήθη X.Mem.3.13.1
; but χαίρειν τἄλλ' ἐγώ σ' ἐφίεμαι I bid thee have thy pleasure, S.Aj. 112.c inf. alone at the beginning of letters, Κῦρος Κυαζάρῃ χαίρειν (sc. λέγει) X.Cyr.4.5.27, cf. Theoc.14.1; used by Alexander the Great to Phocion as a mark of respect, Duris 51J.2 at leavetaking, fare-thee-well, Od.5.205, 13.59, 15.151;χαῖρε πόλλ' ὦδελφέ Ar.Ra. 164
; pl.,χαίρετε πολλάκι Theoc.1.144
; freq. put into the mouth of the dying, S.Aj. 863, Tr. 921, Pl.Phd. 116d, etc.: hence in sepulchral inscriptions, IG7.203, etc.b hence, imper. χαιρέτω, χαιρόντων, have done with.., away with..,εἴτ' ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἴτ' ἐστὶ δαίμων, χαιρέτω Hdt.4.96
;χαιρέτω βουλεύματα τὰ πρόσθεν E. Med. 1044
,χαιρόντων πόνοι Id.HF 575
; cf. Pl.Smp. 199a, Lg. 636d, 886d.c ἐᾶν χαίρειν τινά or τι dismiss from one's mind, put away, renounce, Hdt.6.23, 9.41, Ar.Pl. 1187, Pl.Phd. 63e, Prt. 348a, X.An.7.3.23, etc.;συχνὰ χ. ἐᾶν τινα Pl.Phlb. 59b
;ἐλευθερίαν μακρὰ χ. ἐᾶν Luc.Apol.3
;μακρὰ χ. εἰποῦσα Ael.VH12.1
; ;τὴν Κύπριν πόλλ' ἐγὼ χαίρειν λέγω E.Hipp. 113
, cf. 1059, Pl.Tht. 188a;χ. κελεύων πολλὰ τοὺς Ἀχαρνέας Ar.Ach. 200
;εἰπεῖν χαίρειν τινά Ath.Mitt.56.131
(Milet., Hellenistic), cf. Luc.Dem.Enc.50;χαίρειν προσαγορεύειν Ar.Pl. 322
(metaph. in Pl.Lg. 771a);χαίρειν προσειπεῖν Eup.308
: less freq. c. dat. pers. (never with ἐᾶν χ.), πολλὰ χαίρειν ξυμφοραῖς καταξιῶ A.Ag. 572
(nisi leg. ξυμφοράς); φράσαι.. χαίρειν Ἀθηναίοισι Ar.Nu. 609
(troch.);πολλὰ εἰπόντα χ. τῷ ἀληθεῖ Pl.Phdr. 272e
, cf. Phd. 64c, R. 406d, X.HG4.1.31 (codd., fort. ἀλλήλους), Jul.ad Them.255a.3 on other occasions, as in comforting, be of good cheer, Od.8.408; at meals, 4.60, 18.122; χαῖρε, γύναι, φιλότητι good luck be on our union, 11.248;εὐχωλῇς χαίρετε 13.358
:χαῖρε ἀοιδῇ h.Hom.9.7
.IV part. glad, joyful,Il.
1.446, etc.; ;χαίροντι φέρειν.. χαίρων 17.83
; λυπούμενοι καὶ χαίροντες in sorrow and in joy, Arist.Rh. 1356a16: also [tense] pf. part.κεχαρηκώς Hdt.3.27
,42, etc.2 joined with another Verb, safe and sound, with impunity, χαίροντα ἀπαλλάσσειν ib.69, cf. 9.106, D.24.153; more freq. with a neg., οὐ χαίρων to one's cost,οὐ χαίροντες γέλωτα ἐμὲ θήσεσθε Hdt.3.29
;οὔ τι χαίρων.. ἐρεῖς S. OT 363
, cf. Ant. 759, Ph. 1299, E.Med. 398, Ar.Ach. 563, Pl.Grg. 510d;οὐ γὰπ.. χαίρων τις.. τοὐμὸν ἀλγυνεῖ κέαρ Eup.90
;οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάζαιτε X.An.5.6.32
; alsoοὔτι χαιρήσων γε σύ Ar.V. 186
; cf. supr. 11.3 in the same sense as imper. (supr. 111), σὺ δέ μοι χαίρων ἀφίκοιο fare-thee-well, and may'st thou arrive, Od.15.128, cf. Theoc.2.163; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go thy way rejoicing, Sapph.Supp.23.7; ἀλλ' ἑρπέτω χαίρουσα let her go with a benison, S.Tr. 819; χαίρων ἴθι fare-thee-well, E.Alc. 813, Ph. 921;χαίρουσα.. στεῖχε Id.Hipp. 1440
.4τὸ χαῖρον τῆς ψυχῆς Plu.2.136c
, 1089e. -
9 υἱός
AἈρχ. Ἐφ. 1931.103
(Nemea, vi B. C.)), declined regul. υἱοῦ, υἱῷ, υἱόν, but in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only after 350 B.C. (exc.υἱός IG12.529
,530, 598, 625; ὑός ib. 585, 828; ὑόνib.70.8), and then always so: —in earlier [dialect] Att. and other Inscrr. inflected as a [pron. full] ῠ- stem (like πῆχυς), nom. υἱύς (written huihus) Klein Vasen mit Meister-signaturen 72 (Brit.Mus.Cat. 701) (ὑύς IG12.571
, 670, 686; [var] contr. ὕς ib.663); gen. υἱέος (ὑέος IG22.4883
); dat. υἱεῖ: dualυἱεῖ Lys.19.46
, written ηυιε in IG12.775 (corrupted to υἱέε in Pl.Ap. 20a cod. B), υἱέοιν: pl. υἱεῖς (ὑεῖς IG12.115.14
, al.), υἱέων, υἱέσι (S.Ant. 571, Ar. Nu. 1001 (anap.)), ὑέ[σιν] (IG12.54.14), υἱεῖς (ὑεῖς IG22.1.73
): but gen. υἱέως, and acc. υἱέα, υἱέας, which are formed as though from nom. Υἱεύς, are rejected by Phryn.48,49, Thom.Mag.p.367 R., as not [dialect] Att., though the two latter forms are used by later writers (asυἱέα Euph. 5
, Arr.Cyn.16,ὑέα IG42(1).244.4
(Epid., ii B. C.), but υἱέως is f. l. in Th.1.13, J.AJ18.2.4, etc.): dat. pl. υἱεῦσιν is mentioned as a form that would be regular by Eust.1348.27:—Homer uses nom. υἱός (very freq.); gen. υἱοῦ only in Od.22.238, elsewh. υἱέος; dat. υἱέϊ or υἱεῖ; acc.υἱέα Il.13.350
(cf. IGRom.4.360.29 (Pergam., hex.)), elsewh. υἱόν (very freq.): pl., nom.υἱέες Il.5.10
, al., orυἱεῖς Od.15.248
, 24.387, 497; gen.υἱῶν Il.21.587
, 22.44, Od.24.223; dat. υἱοῖσι ([etym.] ν ) only Od.19.418, υἱάσι ([etym.] ν) Il.5.463, al. (never υἱέσι); acc. υἱέας ib. 149, al.:— he also uses the shorter forms, gen. υἷος, υἷι, υἷα, dual υἷε (distd. from the voc. sg. υἱέ by the accent), pl. υἷες, υἷας; but these were confined to [dialect] Ep.: their accentuation (in which codd. agree with Hdn.Gr.1.409) may preserve a trace of their Aeolic origin (v. infr.). The declension υἱῆος, υἱῆϊ, υἱῆα, υἱῆες, υἱήεσσι, υἱῆας (like βασιλῆος, etc., as though from Υἱεύς), belongs solely to later [dialect] Ep. poets, as A.R.2.1093, 1119, Nic.Fr.110, AP9.23 (Antip.), etc. Dialect Inscrr. have the foll. archaic forms, nom.υἱύς IG5
(1).720 ([dialect] Lacon.), Leg.Gort.12.17 ( υιυις lapis); acc.υἱύν Inscr.Olymp.30
, Leg.Gort.10.15; gen. υἱέος ib.6.3, Schwyzer 105 (Methana, vi B. C.); butυἱοῦ IG9(1).867
(Corc., vii B. C.); nom. pl.υἱέες Leg.Gort.7.25
; acc. pl. υἱύνς ib. 4.40, IG12.407 (Cret. or Argive); dat. pl.υἱάσι Leg.Gort.4.37
(as in Hom., influenced by θυγατράσι, πατράσι, which have ρα = ṛ, cf. Skt. pitṛ[snull ]u);ὑέεσσι IG14.10
(Syrac.); υἷος in SIG55 (Thessaly, v B. C.) is perh. the [dialect] Aeol. gen. ( ὑός is nom. rather than gen. in IG12.828); acc.ὗα Schwyzer 625
(Mytil., ii/i B. C.); a nom. ὑϊς (scanned - ?υἱόςX) IG12.472 (Boeotia, vi B. C.), cf. Simon.249 (v. infr.); nom. pl.ὗες IG22.3632.24
(hex., Eleusis, ii A. D.). The initial syll. is both υἱ- and ὑ- in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. down to 400 B.C. (e. g.ὑεῖς IG12.115.14
, ὑέ[σιν] ib.54.14, ὑόν v. supr.), afterwards ὑ-, but υἱός reappears under the Empire; in Plato cod. A usually has ὑιος, which is found also in T, cod. B always has υἱός, editors restore ὑός; acc. υἱόν is recommended by Phryn. l. c.; in Inscrr. of Pergamon, Magnesia, and Delphi, and in non-literary Papyri, ὑός is at all times less common than υἱός:— ὁ υεἱός CIG (add.) 3857p; dat. υεἱῷ ib.3846z82 (both Phrygia), cf. BCH11.471:—son, Il.6.366, etc.; υἱὸν ποιεῖσθαί τινα to adopt as a son, Aeschin.2.28; υἱεῖς ἄνδρες grown-up sons, D. 25.88: metaph., Κόρον Ὕβριος υἱόν Orac. ap. Hdt.8.77: rarely of animals, Ev.Matt.21.5.4 freq. in LXX in periphrases (Hebraisms with various meanings),υἱὸς ἐτῶν ἑκατόν 100
years old, Ge.11.10, al.;υἱοὶ ἀδικίας 2 Ki.7.10
;υἱοὶ θανατώσεως 1 Ki. 26.16
; hostages,4 Ki.14.14
; soυἱὸς εἰρήνης Ev.Luc.10.6
.5 in some dialects, including the [dialect] Ion. Prose of Hdt., υἱός is replaced by παῖς: υἱός is rare in Trag., A.Th. 609, Fr. 320, E.Or. 1689 (anap.), al., and 7 times in S.: Hom. has both words in this sense.6 as a general term of affection, PGiss.68.2 (ii A. D.), POxy.1219.2 (iii A. D.); υἱέ, an author's address to the reader, LXX Pr.1.8, al.7 δάμου υἱός, υἱὸς πόλεως, Ἑλλάδος, as titles of honour, SIG804.10 (Cos, i A. D.), 813A,B (Delph., i A. D.), 854 (Eleusis, i A. D.).8 υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων sons of men, periphr. for men (cf. supr. 2,4), LXXPs.89(90).3; οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀ. ib.Ge.11.5, Ev.Marc.3.28; man, Ez.2.1,3, al.; of the Messiah, ib.Da.7.13, Apoc.14.14; used by Jesus of himself, Ev.Matt.8.20, al. (by Stephen recalling the words of Jesus, Act.Ap.7.56).9 υἱοὶ Θεοῦ sons of God, implying inheritors of the nature of God (cf. supr. 4), Ev.Matt.5.9, cf. 45, Ev.Luc.6.35; implying participants in the glory of God, ib.20.36.b of Jesus, τὸ γεννώμενον κληθήσεται υἱὸς Θεοῦ ib. 1.35; ὁ Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ev.Matt.26.63, cf.Ev.Jo.1.34.c Θεοῦ υἱός, = Lat. Divi (sc. Caesaris) filius, patronymic of Augustus, BGU543.3 (27 B.C.), PTeb.382.21 (i B. C.), IG12(3).174.2 (Epist. ad Cnidios, 5 A. D.). [Hom.sts. has the first syll. short in nom., voc. and acc. sg.,οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱός Il.6.130
;Ἀμφιτρύωνος υἱός Od.11.270
;Ποδῆς υἱὸς Ἠετίωνος Il.17.575
, cf. 590;Ἀνθεμίωνος υἱόν 4.473
;Σελάγου υἱόν 5.612
;Ἕκτορ, υἱὲ Πριάμοιο 7.47
; and Πηλῆος υἱός, Μηκιστῆος υἱός seem to be the better readings in 1.489, 2.566: in these places some other form ought perh. to be restored, but none of the known forms has a short [pron. full] ῠ: ὑός has [pron. full] ῡ in IG12.585 (vi B. C.), 828 (v B. C.), 2.2338, 22.4319 (both iv B. C.); Simon.l.c. seems to have used a monosyll. nom. υἷς, and Hdn.Gr. may have read it as ὕις ([etym.] ?υἱόςX?υἱόςX), but this is uncertain, as in Sch.Il.5.266 he seems to say that ὕις ( υἷις cod.) does not occur.] (Prob. from *sū-yú-s, cf. Skt. sūte 'procreate', Tocharian (A-dial.) se, (B-dial.) soyä 'son'; different suffix in *sū-nu-s, Skt. sūnūs, etc., and in *s[ucaron]-nu-s, OE. sunu, etc. (all = son); *sūyú- perh. became *s[ucaron]wyú-, then *suiwú-; υἱός and υἱόν perh. by dissimilation from υἱύς υἱύν, since the o-stem forms appear first where υ-υ would otherwise be repeated; ὗϊς ([etym.] ὑΐς) may be another dissimilation; the precise origin of υἷος υἷι υἷες etc. is uncertain.) -
10 λαμβάνω
A , al. (Milet., iv/iii B. C.), 5597.11 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), corrupted to λάμψομαι in Mss. of Hdt.1.199; [dialect] Dor.[tense] fut.[ per.] 2sg.λαψῇ Epich.34.2
, Theoc.1.4,10, inf.λαμψεῖσθαι PSI9.1091.19
; Hellenisticλήμψομαι PPar.14.47
(ii B. C.), CIG4224c (add.) ([place name] Telmessus), 4244 ([place name] Tlos), al.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔλᾰβον, [dialect] Ep.ἔλλᾰβον Il.24.170
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. Iterat. , Hdt.4.78, 130; imper.λαβέ Il.1.407
, etc.; written λάβε in [voice] Med. Ms. of A.Eu. 130, but λαβέ [dialect] Att.acc. to Hdn. Gr.1.431: [tense] pf. , Ar.Ra. 591 (lyr.), etc. (dub.in Archil. 143); [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., Arc.λελάβηκα Hdt.4.79
, IG42(1).121.68 (Epid., iv B. C.), 5(2).6.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), also Eup.426; inf.λελαβήκειν IG 42(1).121.59
(Epid.), PSI9.1091.7: [tense] plpf.εἰλήφειν Th.2.88
, [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg. λελαβήκεε v.l. in Hdt.3.42 ( κατα-); [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. subj. [ per.] 3sg. ([etym.] παρ-) ([place name] Crete):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 ἐλαβόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἐλλ-, Od. 5.325, etc.; [dialect] Ep. redupl.λελαβέσθαι 4.388
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ληφθήσομαι S.Ph.68
, Th.6.91,κατα-λελήψομαι Aristid.Or.54p.677D.
: [tense] aor. , etc.; [dialect] Ion. (Milet., v B. C.), ( κατ-) GDI5532.7 ([place name] Zeleia),ἐλάμφθην Hdt.2.89
, 6.92, 7.239 (- λάφθ- by erasure in cod. B); Hellenisticἐλήμφθην IG14.1320
, Ev.Marc. 16.19 (ἀν-); [dialect] Dor.ἐλάφθην Archim.Aren.1.13
: [tense] pf.εἴλημμαι D.24.49
, Ar.Pl. 455; but in Trag.usu. λέλημμαι, A.Ag. 876, E. Ion 1113, IA 363 (troch.), Cyc. 433, cf. Ar.Ec. 1090 ( δια-); so later προ-λέληπτε (sic) Supp.Epigr.2.769 ([place name] Dura); [dialect] Ion. λέλαμμαι ( ἀπο-) Hdt.9.51, ( δια-) 3.117; inf.ἀνα-λελάφθαι Hp.Off.11
(acc. to many codd., Hsch.and Erot., - λελάμφθαι vulg.); [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3pl.λελήφαται An.Ox.1.268
; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.imper.λελάφθω Archim. Con.Sph.3
, al.:—in the [tense] fut., [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. the a is short by nature in [dialect] Ion., prob. long in [dialect] Dor. and in Doricized Hellenistic forms such asλαμψοῦνται Test.Epict.5.14
,λάμψεσθαι IG5(1).1390.67
(Andania, i B. C.); it is marked long in [dialect] Aeol.λᾱμψεται Alc.Supp.5.9
:—of these tenses Hom. uses only [tense] aor. [voice] Act., and [tense] aor.[voice] Med. twice (v. supr.); the Homeric [tense] pres. is λάζομαι. —The word has two main senses, one (more active) take; the other (more passive) receive:I take,1 take hold of, grasp, seize,μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Od.6.81
: freq. with χειρί or χερσί added,χειρὶ χεῖρα λαβόντες Il.21.286
;χερμάδιον λάβε χειρί 5.302
;χείρεσσι λαβὼν περιμήκεα κοντόν Od.9.487
;ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ' ἡνία Il.8.116
;ἐν χεροῖν λ. S.OT 913
;διὰ χερῶν λαβών Id.Ant. 916
; ;ἐν ἀγκάλαις A.Supp. 481
, etc.; of an eagle,λ. ἄγραν ποσίν Pi.N.3.81
: c.acc. of the thing seized,λ. γούνατα Il.24.465
; but also c. acc. of whole, gen. of part seized, τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, 2.316; ;γούνων λαβὼν κούρην Od. 6.142
;λ. τινὰ τῆς ζώνης X.An.1.6.10
, etc.: sts. c. gen. only, ἀγκὰς ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσί they took hold of one another with their arms, Il.23.711:—freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.b take by violence, carry off as prize or booty, Il.5.273, 8.191, Hdt.4.130, S.Ph.68 ([voice] Pass.), 1431, etc.; capture a city, Plb.1.24.11, 3.61.8;ἐκ πόλιος.. ἀλόχους καὶ κτήματα Od.9.41
; of lions,λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν Il.11.114
;ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν 24.43
; of an eagle, 17.678; of a dolphin, 21.24.c λ. δίκην take, exact punishment, Lys.1.29,34, Isoc.4.181; , etc. (rarely for δοῦναι δίκην, v.infr.11.1 e);λ. τιμωρίαν D.18.280
.2 of passions, feelings, etc., seize,μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν Il.23.468
;Ἀτρεΐωνα.. χόλος λάβεν 1.387
; ;τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα 24.170
, al.;δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε Od.4.704
;τοὺς Ἀθηναίους θάρσος ἔλαβε Th.2.92
;ἄχος X.Cyr. 5.5.6
; ; ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε when the occasion came to them, i.e. occurred, Th.2.34, D.C.44.19; of fevers and sudden illnesses, attack, Hp.Morb.1.19, Th.2.49, Ar.Ec. 417, etc. (cf. λάζομαι, λῆψις):—[voice] Pass., λαμβάνεσθαι νόσῳ, ὑπὸ [νόσου], S.Tr. 446, Hdt.1.138;ἔρωτι X.Cyr.6.1.31
, etc. (reversely of the person, λ. θυμόν, etc., v. infr.11.3).b of a deity, seize, possess, τινα Hdt.4.79:—[voice] Pass.,τῇ Ῥέᾳ λαμβάνονται Luc.Nigr.37
.c of darkness, etc., occupy, possess, .3 catch, overtake, as an enemy, Il.5.159, 11.106, 126, etc.;λ. τινὰ στείχοντα θύραζε Od.9.418
;ζῶντες ἐλάμφθησαν Hdt.9.119
; simply, find, come upon, S.OT 1031, E. Ion 1339.4 catch, find out, detect, Hdt.2.89 ([voice] Pass.); ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ' αἰτιάματι; A.Pr. 196;τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνου λ. S.OT 266
: freq. c. part., κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον ib. 461;κλέπτοντα Κλέωνα λάβοιμι Ar.V. 759
;λ. τινὰ ψευδόμενον Pl.R. 389d
;τοῦτον ὑβρίζοντα λαβόντες D.21.97
: with Adj.,ὅπως μὴ λήψομαί σε προπετῆ Men.Epit. 570
:—[voice] Pass.,δρῶσ' ἐλήφθης S.Tr. 808
; ; ;ἐλήφθη μοιχός Lys.13.66
: in good sense, .5 λ. τινὰ πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι bind him by.., Hdt.3.74;ἀραῖον λαβεῖν τινα S.OT 276
codd.6 c. dupl. acc., take as, λαβὼν πρόβλημα σαυτοῦ παῖδα τόνδ' Id.Ph. 1007; ξυμπαραστάτην λ. τινά ib. 675;τοὺς Ἕλληνας λ. συναγωνιζομένους Isoc.5.86
.7 τὴν Ἴδην λαβὼν ἐς ἀριστερὴν χεῖρα taking, keeping Ida to your left (nisi leg. λαβών, ἐς ..) Hdt.7.42;ἐν δεξιᾷ λ. τὴν Σικελίαν Th.7.1
; λ. τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ νώτου take in rear, i.e. be behind, Hdt.1.75; cf.ἀπείργω 11.2
, ἔχω (A) A.1.7.8 λ. Ἑλληνίδα ἐσθῆτα assume it, Id.4.78, cf. 2.37;λ. ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
.9 apprehend by the senses,ὄμμασιν θέαν S. Ph. 537
, cf. 656; πρόσφθεγμά τινος ib. 234;ὁρᾶται, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ αἰσθήσει λαμβάνεται Pl.R. 524d
.b apprehend with the mind, understand,φρενὶ λ. τὸν λόγον Hdt.9.10
;νόῳ Id.3.41
;τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl. Prm. 143a
;λ. ἐν ταῖς γνώμαις βεβαίως X.Cyr.3.3.51
;ἐν νῷ Plb.2.35.6
: abs.,λ. τὴν ἀλήθειαν Antipho 1.6
;μνήμην παρὰ τῆς φήμης λ. Lys.2.3
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 246d, etc.c with Adv. added, take, i.e. understand in a certain manner,ταύτῃ ταῦτα ἐλάμβανον Hdt.7.142
;λάβετε [τοὺς λόγους] μὴ πολεμίως Th.4.17
; τὸ πρᾶγμα μειζόνως ἐλάμβανον took it more seriously, Id.6.27, cf. 61;ὀρθῶς λ. τὸν φιλοκερδῆ Pl.Hipparch. 227c
; λ. τι οὕτω, ὧδε, Arist.SE 174b27, Rh.Al. 1423a4;ὀργῇ καὶ φόβῳ τὸ γεγονὸς λ. Plu.Alc.18
: with παρά c.acc., λαμβάνω σε παρὰ βουκόλον .. PMag.Par.1.2434:—[voice] Pass., τρίτου καθεστῶσαι ἐπὶ πρώτου λαμβάνονται are used for the first person, A.D.Pron.78.22; with ἐς, εἰ ἐς κόρην λαμβάνοιτο be taken for a girl, Philostr.Im.2.32: less freq. c. dupl. acc., ὡς μεθυστικὰς λ. [τὰς ἁρμονίας] Arist.Pol. 1342b25, cf. S.E.P.1.179;τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λ. Arist.Pol. 1296a31
;τοῦτο λ. γιγνόμενον Id.Mete. 346a7
; alsoλ. περί τινος τί ἐστι Id.EN 1142a32
, cf. 1140a24, al.: also c. inf.,λ. τι εἶναί τι Id.Mete. 389a29
, al.: with a relat. clause, οὕτω δεῖ λαμβάνειν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτι .. Id.Metaph. 1053a27, cf. Str.2.5.1;εἰλήφθω ὁ ἄδικος ποσαχῶς λέγεται Arist.EN 1129a31
: in bad sense,πρὸς δέους λ. τι Plu.Flam.7
;πρὸς ἀτιμίας Id.Cic.13
;λ. δι' οἴκτου E. Supp. 194
; but also ἐν χάριτι καὶ δωρεᾷ λ. receive as a favour, Plb.1.31.6.d in Logic, assume, take for granted,ἅπαν ζῷον λαμβάνει ἢ θνητὸν ἢ ἀθάνατον Arist.APr. 46b6
; λ. τὰς περὶ ἕκαστον ἀρχάς ib. 53a2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ληφθέντα ib. 26b30; αἱ εἰλημμέναι προτάσεις ib. 33a15, cf. Phld.Rh.2.46 S., Sign.35, Oec.p.5 J., S.E.P.2.89.e take, i.e. determine, estimate,τὴν ξυμμέτρησιν τῶν κλιμάκων Th.3.20
;ἐντεῦθεν τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων Lycurg.66
;τὴν τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν λ. Th.2.42
.10 take in hand, undertake (cf. ληπτέον) , λ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρονέστερον, opp. συνταχύνειν, Hdt.3.71; μηδένα πόνον λαβόντες without taking any trouble, Id.7.24;παλαισμάτων λ. φροντίδα Pi.N.10.22
.11 take in, hold, τὸ στρατόπεδον πεζοὺς λ. περὶ τετρακισχιλίους Plb.3.107.10.12 part. λαβών freq. seems pleonastic, but adds dramatic effect, λαβὼν κύσε χεῖρα took and kissed, Od.24.398, cf. Il.21.36: so in Trag. and Com., τί μ' οὐ λαβὼν ἔκτεινας; S.OT 1391, cf. 641;τῆ νῦν τόδε πῖθι λαβών Cratin.141
, etc.b ingressive of ἔχων ( ἔχω (A) A.1.6),ἑτάρους τε λ. καὶ νῆα.. ἦλθον Od. 15.269
, cf. S.Tr. 259.II receive,1 have given one, get, receive, prop. of things (AB 106),ἄποινα Il.6.427
;τὰ πρῶτα 23.275
; , v. infr.e;παρὰ βασιλέος δῶρα Hdt.8.10
, cf. Ar. Eq. 439;πρός τινος S.El.12
, etc.;ἀπὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν X.Mem.2.9.4
; gain, win,κλέος Od.1.298
, S.Ph. 1347, etc.;ἀρετάν Pi.O.8.6
;κόσμον Id.N.3.31
codd. (v.l. ἔλαχες Sch.); , etc.; πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λ. ἡλικίαν attain.., Isoc.10.39;λ. νόστον E.IT 1016
, etc.;λ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης Isoc.5.61
; ; ; ; : also in bad sense,λ. ὀνείδη S.OT 1494
;συμφοράν E.Med.43
; (lyr.); γέλωτα μωρίαν τε incur.., Id. Ion 600;αἰτίαν ἀπό τινος Th.2.18
, etc.:—for λ. θυμόν, etc., v. supr.1.2 et infr. 3.b receive hospitably, Od.7.255, cf. S.OC 284 ([etym.] ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην ἐχέγγυον) which approaches this sense; καλῶς λ. τινά treat well, BGU843.10 (i/ii A. D.).c receive in marriage, Hdt.1.199, 9.108, E.Fr.953.27, X. HG4.1.14, Isoc.10.39, PEleph.1.2 (iv B. C.), Men.Pk. 436; τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν, i.e. those who married their daughters, SIG1044.14 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.); also of the father taking a daughter-in-law,τῷ υἱῷ λ. τινά Men.Pk. 447
.e λ. δίκην receive, i.e. suffer, punishment, Hdt.1.115; τὴν ἀξίην λ. get one's deserts, Id.7.39; ;λ. ζημίας D.11.11
.f λ. ὅρκον receive an oath, Arist. Rh. 1377a8;λ. πιστά X.An.3.2.5
, al.; λ. λόγον demand an account, τινος for a thing, παρά τινος from a person, Id.Cyr.1.4.3, D.8.47.h receive as produce, profit, etc.,οἶνον ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου Ar.Nu. 1123
; [χρήματα] ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Pl.R. 347b
; λ. ἑκατὸν τῆς δραχμῆς, ὀβολοῦ, purchase for.., Ar. Pax 1263, Ra. 1235, cf. Nu. 1395; πόθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp.2.4.i λ. πεῖράν τινος, v. πεῖρα.3 of persons conceiving feelings and the like , λ. θυμόν take heart, Od. 10.461: freq. in periphrasis, λ. φόβον, = φοβεῖσθαι, S.OC 729; αἰδῶ λ., = αἰδεῖσθαι, Id.Aj. 345; λ. ὀργήν, = ὀργίζεσθαι, E.Supp. 1050: so generally λ. ἀρχήν, = ἄρχεσθαι, Id.IA 1124; λ. ὕψος, ἐπίδοσιν, αὔξησιν, = ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐπιδιδόναι, αὐξάνεσθαι, Th.1.91, Isoc.4.10, Arist.GA 732b5, etc.;λ. κακόν τι Ar.Nu. 1310
; λ. νόσον take a disease, Pl.R. 610d; λ. μορφήν, τέλος, etc., Arist.GA 762a13, 744a21, etc.; αἱ οἰκίαι ἐπάλξεις λαμβάνουσαι receiving battlements, having battlements added, Th.4.69, cf. 115.4 c. inf., receive permission to.., SIG996.6 (Smyrna, i A. D.).B [voice] Med., take hold of, lay hold on, c. gen., [ σχεδίης] Od.5.325; τῆς κεφαλῆς, τῶν γουνάτων, Hdt.4.64, 9.76; , etc.;τοῦ βωμοῦ And.1.126
, etc.: c. dupl.gen.,μου λαβόμενος τῆς χειρός Pl. Chrm. 153b
.2 seize and keep hold of, obtain possession of, ; καιροῦ λαβόμενος seizing the opportunity, Is.2.28;λ. ἀληθείας Pl.Plt. 309d
: rarely c. acc.,τόν.. λελαβέσθαι Od.4.388
.3 lay hands upon, χαλεπῶς λαμβάνεσθαί τινος lay rough hands on him, deal hardly with him, Hdt.2.121. δ.4 of place, λ. τῶν ὀρῶν take to the mountains, Th.3.24, cf. 106; Δήλου λαβόμεναι (sc. αἱ νῆες) reaching Delos, Id.8.80.6 λαβέσθαι ἑαυτοῦ check oneself, Hld.2.24.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λαμβάνω
-
11 λέγω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
12 λέχω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
13 μέν
μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.AI μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν), καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275;ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416;τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg.,οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.;ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179;ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., : also in Trag., , cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.;καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied,ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron.,ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498;ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., : generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.3 the principal word is freq. repeated,οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70;ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
;Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.);χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11;οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; , cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.);χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg.,οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
;οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose,τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).B μέν before other Particles:I where each Particle retains its force,2μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.;μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
;μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail,Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.4μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty,ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294;τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion,τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement,τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33;καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.;οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.),τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39;μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65;ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation,παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; alsoμὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
;καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ.φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787;οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.cμέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.;οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence,μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also , S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600;ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, asἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them,ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
;ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, asοἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; alsoτῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.II μέν is freq. repeated:1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlativeμέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the followingδέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
;ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc. -
14 πρίν
πρίν, Adv. and Conj.,A before, until.[πρῐν 19
times in Hom., Il.2.344, al.; πρῑν in Il.6.81, 13.172, al.; once written [full] πρείν, Leg.Gort.7.40, but [full] πρίν IG12.60.11, 94.9, 114.46, etc.; Trag. and Com. always πρῐν ( πρίν γ' must be read in Ar.Ach. 176).]A Adv. of Time, before, either in the sense of sooner or in that of formerly, erst (implying duration up to a certain time):I of future time, with [tense] fut. Indic.,πρίν μιν καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν Il.1.29
, cf. 18.283, Od.2.198, etc.: with Subj. = [tense] fut.,πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα Il.24.551
: with Opt. and κεν, πρίν κεν ἀνιηθεὶς σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκοιο Od.3.117
, cf. 11.330, 14.155, Ar. Pax 1076, 1112: with Opt., Il. 24.800: with Imper., 9.250: with Inf. (expressing a wish), 2.413, (expressing an oath) Od.4.254.II of past time,1 formerly, once,πρὶν μέν μοι ὑπέσχετο.., νῦν δὲ.. Il.2.112
, v.l. in 9.19, cf. 23.827;πρὶν μὲν πόσιν ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσα Od.4.724
, cf. 3.408.2 formerly (up to a certain point), before, in this sense freq. with Art.,τὸ πρίν γ' ἐκέκαστο Il.5.54
;τὸ πρίν γε.., νῦν δὲ.. 13.105
;νῦν δὲ.. τὸ πρίν γε 16.208
, cf. A.Pr. 443, Hdt.1.129: without Art.,τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἅς ποτε καὶ π. εἴχομεν Pl.Phd. 75e
: with ellipsis of part. γενόμενος, τὰ π. πελώρια (sc. γενόμενα ) the giants of old, A.Pr. 151 (lyr.); τοῦ π. Αἰγέως Aegeus gone before, S.OC69;ἐν τῷ π. χρόνῳ Id.Ph. 1224
;ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις Th.2.62
: with part. expressed,τὸ π. γενόμενον τέρας Hdt.8.37
;τοὺς πρὶν φυλαττομένους Pl.R. 547c
, etc.3 hitherto,π. μέν.. B.12.114
; until that time, and so meanwhile, Id.15.13.4 sts. folld. by gen.,π. ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
;π. ἀνηκέστου πάθους J.BJ1.6.1
;π. γενέσεως Thd.Su.42
;π. τῆς συνόδου S.E.M.9.371
;π. φάους Arr.An. 3.18.6
; π. τοῦ βλέψαι, π. τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, S.E.P.7.162, v.l. in LXX To. 14.15; also πρὶν οὗ c. inf., SIG953.16 (Calymna, ii B.C.); c. indic., Test. ap. D.46.21.B Conj. before, ere: freq. following an antecedent clause with adverbial π. (chiefly in [dialect] Ep.), or its equivalents πρότερον, πρόσθεν, πάρος (poet.), esp. with negat.,οὐδὲ π..., π... Il.1.98
,7.481, Od.19.475;μὴ π..., π... Il.2.355
, E.HF 605;π..., π... Il.2.348
, 8.453, Od.19.586;οὐ πρότερον.., π... Ar.Ec. 620
, And.4.17, D.9.61;μὴ πρότερον.. π... S.Ph. 199
(anap.), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.1.10;πρότερον.., π... And.4.1
, X.Cyr.5.2.9;οὐ πρόσθεν.., π... Od. 17.9
, X.Cyr.1.4.23;μὴ πρόσθεν.., π... Id.An.1.1.10
;πρόσθε., π. τυχεῖν Pi.P.2.92
;οὐ πάρος.., π... Od.2.128
, Il.5.219; preceded by φθάνω, 16.322, Antipho 1.29, Th.4.79, 104, 6.97, 8.12, X.An.4.1.21, Cyr.2.4.25; sts. folld. byἤ, οὐ.. πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι πρίν γ' ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα αἵματος ἆσαι Ἄρηα Il.5.288
, cf. 22.266, Hdt.1.136, 165, al.; dub. and perh. always corrupt in [dialect] Att. and X., Th.5.61, Lys.6.11, Isoc.4.19 (v.l.), Lycurg.128, Aeschin.2.132 (v.l.), X.Cyr.1.4.23, An. 4.5.1, but freq. in later Greek, LXX Ge.29.26, etc.I c. inf., the prevailing constr. in Hom., after positive and negative clauses alike: in [dialect] Att. mostly after positive clauses, and always used with them when the action does not or is not to take place: the tense is,I regularly [tense] aor.,a after a positive clause,ναῖε δὲ Πήδαιον, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας Ἀχαιῶν Il.13.172
, cf. 8.453, 16.322, Od.1.210;Ζεὺς ὀλέσειε βίην, πρὶν ἥβης μέτρον ἱκέσθαι 4.668
, cf. Il.6.465, 24.245, Pi.P.2.92.3.9, N.8.19, Hdt.6.119, A.Pers. 712, Ag. 1539 (anap.). S.Ant. 120 (lyr.), Tr. 396, E.Alc. 281, Ar.Eq. 258, al., Antipho 5.67, Th.1.125, X.An.4.1.7, Pl.Prt. 350b, al.; after negat. questions which expect a posit. answer, E.Andr. 1069, Ion 524, Rh. 684, Ar.Ra. 481, etc.b after a negat. clause,οὐδ' ὅ γε πρὶν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει, πρίν γ' ἀπὸ πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεναι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην Il.1.98
, cf. 19.423, Od.2.128, 4.747 : after Hom. a negat. antecedent is commonly folld. by πρίν with finite Verb (v. infr. 11); but Inf. is found where π. precedes,π. ἰδεῖν δ', οὐδεὶς μάντις S.Aj. 1419
(anap.);π. μὲν γὰρ κριθῆναι, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἦν εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας And.4.8
;π. νικῆσαι.., οὐκ ἦν.. Lys.19.28
;π. δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, μὴ σκοπεῖτε D.3.12
, cf. Lycurg. 135; also,οὔτε.. π. ἱδρῶσαι δεῖπνον ᾑρεῖτο X.Cyr.8.1.38
; also after Verbs of fearing (the positive being the thing dreaded),ὅταν.. δεδίωσι μὴ πρότερόν τι μάθῃς, π. τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς πραττομένοις Isoc.5.70
, cf. E.Fr.453.6, S.Tr. 632; in unfulfilled conditions and wishes,οὔθ' ὁ Πλούτωνος κύων οὔθ' οὑπὶ κώπῃ ψυχοπομπὸς ἂν Χάρων ἔσχον π. εἰς φῶς σὸν καταστῆσαι βίον E.Alc. 362
, cf. Rh.61; otherwise not common,ὤφθην οὐδεπώποτε π. ταύτην τὴν συμφορὰν γενέσθαι Lys.19.55
;οὐδὲ παύσεται χόλου.., π. κατασκῆψαί τινα E.Med.94
, cf. HF 605;καί μοι μὴ θορυβήσῃ μηδεὶς π. ἀκοῦσαι D.5.15
, cf. X.Oec.4.24: after neg. opt. with ἄν, οὕτω γένοιτ' ἂν οὐδ' ἂν ἔκβασις στρατοῦ καλή, π. ὅρμῳ ναῦν θρασυνθῆναι a.Supp.772, cf. Pl.Lg. 769e: after a past tense (in orat. obliq.),ὤμοσαν μὴ π. ἐς Φώκαιαν ἥξειν, π. ἢ τὸν μύδρον τοῦτον ἀναφανῆναι Hdt.1.165
, cf. 4.9, Th. 7.50, X.HG6.5.23, Pl.Phd. 61a.2 also [tense] pres., to convey a special sense of continuance, effort, or the like , 'before undertaking to', 'before proceeding to',π. ἐξοπλίζειν Ἄρη A.Supp. 702
(lyr.), cf. Ag. 1067;π. νυν τὰ πλείον' ἱστορεῖν.., ἔξελθε S.OC36
, cf. El.20;π. κλαίειν τινά E.Andr. 577
, cf. Or. 1095;π. λέγειν Ar.Th. 380
, cf. Ach. 383, Hdt. 8.3, And.4.1, Th.3.24, Pl.Lg. 666a, X.Cyr.2.4.25, Mem.1.2.40, etc.3 also [tense] perf., after a [tense] fut.,π. τόδ' ἐξηντληκέναι E.Med.79
; after [tense] pres. or [tense] impf., Id.El. 1069, cf. Hdt.3.25;π..., τί μέλλετ'.. ; E.Ph. 1145
;π. καὶ τεθύσθαι Ar.Av. 1034
, cf. V. 1156, Pax 375, Lys. 322 (lyr.), Ra. 1185, X. An.4.1.21, Pl.Tht. 164c, Prt. 320a, etc.; with ἥκειν in [tense] pf. sense, Hdt.6.116;οὐ βουλόμενος διαγωνίσασθαι π. οἱ τοὺς βοηθοὺς ἥκειν Th.5.10
.II with a finite Verb:1 with Ind., chiefly [tense] aor.: not in Hom. (first in h.Ap. 357), who uses Ind. only with πρίν γ' ὅτε, πρίν γ' ὅτε δή, after both posit. and neg. clauses,ἠλώμην.., πρίν γ' ὅτε.. ἤγαγες Od.13.322
;πρίν γ' ὅτε δή με.. κάλεσσεν 23.43
, cf. Il.12.437;οὐδέ κεν ἡμέας ἄλλο διέκρινεν.., πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θανάτοιο.. νέφος ἀμφεκάλυψεν Od.4.180
: rarely with [tense] impf., οὐδ' ὧς τοῦ θυμὸν.. ἔπειθον, πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θάλαμος πύκ' ἐβάλλετο ( began to be hit) Il.9.588: freq. after Hom., with [tense] aor.,a after neg. clauses: of a fact in the past,οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ' οὐδὲν.., πρίν γ' ἐγώ σφισιν ἔδειξα A.Pr. 481
;οὐ πρότερον ἀπανέστη.. Μαρδόνιος, πρὶν ἤ σφεας ὑποχειρίους ἐποιήσατο Hdt.6.45
; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς.. ἠξίωσαν νεώτερόν τι ποιεῖν ἐς αὐτο'ν.., πρίν γε δὴ αὐτοῖς.. μηνυτὴς γίγνεται (histor. [tense] pres. = [tense] aor.) Th.1.132, cf. 3.101, 5.61, Hdt.6.79, Ar.Av. 700, X.Cyr.1.4.23,4.5.13 (histor. [tense] pres.), HG5.4.58, etc.; once in Pl., Phdr. 266a; as part of an unfulfilled condition,οὐκ ἂν κατέσχε δῆμον οὐδ' ἐπαύσατο π. ἀνταράξας πῖαρ ἐξεῖλεν γάλα Sol.
ap. Arist.Ath.12.5;οὐκ ἂν ἐσκεψάμεθα πρότερον.., πρὶν ἐζητήσαμεν Pl.Men. 86d
, cf. Tht. 165e;χρῆν τοίνυν Αεπτίνην μὴ πρότερον τιθέναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νόμον, πρὶν τοῦτον ἔλυσε γραψάμενος D.20.96
; after verbs implying a neg.,ἀμφιγνοεῖν X.An.2.5.33
,θαυμάζειν Th.1.51
,λανθάνειν Id.3.29
; also with [tense] impf.,οὔπω ᾔδει.. π. ἐν τῷ κακῷ ἦν Antipho 1.19
, cf. And.4.17, D.9.61.b after posit. clauses (both combined, A.Pr. 481, Th.1.118), with the sense until,ἠγόμην δ' ἀνὴρ ἀστῶν μέγιστος.., πρίν μοι τύχη τοιάδ' ἐπέστη S.OT 776
; σπουδαὶ δὲ λόγων ἦσαν ἴσαι πως, πρὶν.. πείθει (histor. [tense] pres.) E. Hec. 131 (anap.);πρίν γ' ὁρᾷ Id.Med. 1173
; freq. folld. byδή, π. δή τις ἐφθέγξατο Id.Andr. 1147
; τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας κατελύθη (neg. idea)ὑπὸ ξυμφορῶν, πρὶν δὴ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τότε τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐποίησαν Th.3.104
, cf.7.39 (histor. [tense] pres.), 71.2 with Subj. only after negs. or equiv. of neg., = ἕως or ἢν μή (in Isoc.4.173 ἢν μή and πρὶν ἄν are used almost as synonyms);οὐ καταδυσόμεθ', ἀχνύμενοί περ.., πρὶν μόρσιμον ἦμαρ ἐπέλθῃ Od.10.175
;μή πω καταδύσεο.., πρίν γ' ἐμὲ.. ἴδηαι Il.18.135
, cf. 190, 24.781;ἀλλ' ὄμοσον μὴ μητρὶ φίλῃ τάδε μυθήσασθαι, πρίν γ' ὅτ' ἂν ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε γένηται Od.2.374
, cf. 4.477: in Prose usu. πρὶν ἄν (πρίν κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene)), rarely π. alone, as also πρὶν ἤ:a generally with [tense] aor., to express an action preceding the action of the anteced. clause, the Verb in which is [tense] fut. (or some equiv. of the [tense] fut.) or imper.,οὐ γαμέεται παρθένος οὐδεμία, πρὶν ἂν τῶν πολεμίων ἄνδρα ἀποκτείνῃ Hdt.4.117
, cf. 1.82 (v.l.), 3.109 (v.l.); νῦν δ' οὐδέν ἐστι τέρμα μοι προκείμενον μόχθων (the sense here is [tense] fut.), , cf. 166 (lyr.), 177 (anap.);οὐ γάρ ποτ' ἔξει τῆσδε τῆς χώρας, πρὶν ἂν.. στήσῃς ἄγων S.OC 909
, cf. 48, 1041, OT 1529, etc.;οὐκ ἂν ἐκμάθοις.., πρὶν ἂν θάνῃ τις Id.Tr.2
;οὐκ ἄπειμι πρὸς δόμους πάλιν, πρὶν ἄν σε.. ἔξω βάλω E.Med. 276
, cf. 680, Alc. 1145, IA 324, IT19, 1302;μὴ προκαταγίγνωσκε.., π. ἄν γ' ἀκούσῃς ἀμφοτέρων Ar.V. 920
, cf. Ach. 176, 230, X.Hier.6.13, Cyr.1.2.8, An.1. 1.10, 5.7.12, Pl.Phdr. 228c, La. 187e (ἂν added in later codd.), etc.;μηδέν' ὀλβίζειν π. ἀ'ν τέρμα τοῦ βίου περάσῃ S.OT 1529
(troch.);οὐχὶ μὴ παύσησθε, π. ἄν.. ὑμᾶς τις ἐκτραχηλίσῃ Ar.Lys. 704
: π. withoutἄν, μὴ στέναζε, π. μάθῃς S.Ph. 917
, cf. Ant. 619 (lyr.), Aj. 742, 965, Tr. 608, 946;οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις αὐτὸν ἐξαιρήσεται.., π. γυναῖκ' ἐμοὶ μεθῇ E.Alc. 849
, cf. Or. 1218, 1357 (lyr.);π. χαρίσωνται Ar.Ec. 629
(s.v.l.);οὐ γὰρ δή σφεας ἀπίει τῆς ἀποικίης, πρὶν δὴ ἀπίκωνται Hdt.4.157
;π. διαγνῶσι Th.6.29
; π... βεβαιωσώμεθα ib.10 (dub.l.);πρὶν ἀνάγκην τινὰ θεὸς ἐπιπέμψῃ Pl.Phd. 62c
codd.;π. ἐξετάσωσιν Hyp.Eux.4
: πρὶν ἤ (never with ἄν), π. ἢ ἀνορθώσωσι Hdt.1.19
, cf. 136, Pl.Ti. 57b, etc.: with neg. implied,ὁ δὲ ἀδικέει ἀναπειθόμενος π. ἢ ἀτρεκέως ἐκμάθῃ Hdt.7.10
.ή; αἰσχρὸν ἡγοῦμαι πρότερον παύσασθαι, π. ἂν.. ψηφίσησθε Lys. 22.4
;ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους πράξειν τι.., π. ἂν.. διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς ἔχει Isoc.4.16
(where ὅστις οὖν οἴεται = οὐ δεῖ οὔεσθαι, as is shown by ἀλλὰ δεῖ in the next sentence, cf. D.38.24).b less freq. (never in Hom.) with [tense] pres. subj.: μήπω π. ἂν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀΐῃς (the Verb has no [tense] aor.) (anap.);ὁ νομοθέτης τὰ διδασκαλεῖα ἀνοίγειν ἀπαγορεύει μὴ πρότερον π. ἂν ὁ ἥλιος ἀνίσχῃ Aeschin.1.10
, cf. Antipho 1.29, X.Cyr.2.2.8, Pl.Phdr. 271c.3 πρίν with Opt.:a representing subj. after histor. tenses,οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν π. πειρήσαιτ' Ἀχιλῆος Il.21.580
; πρίν γ' ὅτε, as with subj., 9.488;ἔδοξέ μοι μὴ σῖγα π. φράσαιμί σοι τὸν πλοῦν ποεῖσθαι S. Ph. 551
, cf. Th.3.22, X.Cyr.1.4.14, HG6.5.19 (cf. 2.4.18), An.1.2.2, Pl.Ap. 36c, etc.b by assimilation,ὄλοιο μήπω π. μάθοιμι S.Ph. 961
, cf. Tr. 657 (lyr.); οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδείης (potential opt.)..π. πειρηθείης Thgn.126
; after opt. withἄν, οὐκ ἂν πρότερον ὁρμήσειε π. βεβαιώσαιτο Pl.Lg. 799d
, cf. S.OT 505 (lyr.).4 π. ἄν c. opt. is doubtful, and (if not corrupt) due to the change required by orat. obl.,ἀπαγορευόντων τῶν φίλων τῶν ἐμῶν μὴ ἀποκτείνειν τὸν ἄνδρα, πρὶν ἄν ἐγὼ ἔλθοιμι Antipho 5.34
(s.v.l.), cf. X.HG2.3.48, 2.4.18. -
15 συμμείγνυμι
συμμείγνῡμι (freq. written [suff] σύμμεθ-μιγ- in codd.), Ar.Av. 701 ([voice] Pass.), E. Supp. 224, etc.; more rarely [suff] συμμεθ-ύω, X.Mem.3.14.5, [tense] impf. Id.Cyr.7.1.26, etc.; imper.A ; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [tense] pres. [full] συμμίσγω, as always in Hom., Thgn., Hdt., sts. in [dialect] Att. (Th.7.6, Pl.Lg. 678c, Phlb. 23d) and later Prose, SIG1025.8 (Cos, iv/iii B.C. ) (συμμείσγω PTeb.716.3
(ii B.C.), 12.7 (ii B.C.)): [tense] fut. -μ<ε> ίξω X.Cyr.2.1.11, etc. (v. μείγνυμι): [tense] aor. συνέμειξα until iii B.C., PCair.Zen.545.13, 596.4 (other passages s.v. μείγνυμι), and sts. later, OGI751.3 (Attalus II, ii B.C.), 763.3 (Eumenes II, ii B.C.), BGU1784.2 (i B.C.), etc.; - μιξ- first in late iii B.C. (v. μείγνυμι) and freq. f.l. in codd., as of h.Ven.50, 251, Pi.O.3.9, etc.: [tense] pf.- μέμῐχα Plb.16.10.1
, 38.13.5, Apollon.Perg.Con.Praef.:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. -μ<ε> ίξομαι, in pass. sense, Thgn.1245, Bacis ap. Hdt.8.77:—mix together, commingle; the [voice] Act. first in h.Merc.81, h.Ven.50, 250, though the [voice] Pass. occurs in Il. (v. infr.); of two things, both in acc., συμμίσγων μυρίκας καὶ μυρσινοειδέας ὄζους h.Merc. l.c.; βοὰν αὐλῶν ἐπέων τε θέσιν συμμ<ε> ῖξαι Pi.O.3.9, etc.: c. acc. et dat. rei,τοῦτο.. γάλακτι συμμίσγοντες Hdt.4.23
; πῶς κεδνὰ τοῖς κακοῖσι συμμ<ε> ίξω; A.Ag. 648, cf. Pl.R. 415a, etc.; or c. acc. only, ὀργὴν συμμίσγων mixing in, adding, Thgn.214; συμμ<ε>ίξαντες τὰ στρατόπεδα having combined them, Hdt.4.114; :—rarely in [voice] Med., χρώματα συμμ<ε> ίξασθαι Poll.7.128:—[voice] Pass., with [tense] fut. [voice] Med. (v. supr.), to be commingled,ὅ γε Πηνειῷ συμμίσγεται Il.2.753
;συμμίσγεται τῷ Ἴστρῳ Hdt.4.48
;οὔποθ' ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ συμμείξεται Thgn.1245
;σ. θαλίαισι νέκταρ Sapph.5
;οὐρανὸς σ. τῇ γῇ E.Cyc. 578
;ἀπὸ πλείστων Hp.
Aër. 8; τινι or πρὸς ἄλληλα, Pl.Ti. 83c, 57d; join forces, of two armies, Th.2.31; to be formed by combination, opp. διακρίνομαι, Anaxag. 17; ἐξ ἀμφοῖν συμμ<ε> ιχθείς Pl.Phlb. 22a, cf. 23d: metaph., εἶναι οὐδένα τῷ κακὸν οὐ συνεμ<ε> ίχθη there is none who has not misery as an ingredient in his fate, Hdt.7.203; cf.συγκεράννυμι; συμμεμ<ε>ιγμένος Ἑλληνικὸς καὶ βαρβαρικὸς παιών Lys.2.38
; συμμιγέντων τούτων πάντων when all these things happened together, Hdt.8.38.2 unite sexually, couple,θεοὺς γυναιξί h.Ven.50
, cf. 250; λέχος τινὶ ς. Ar.Th. 891, cf. E.Supp. 222, 224:—[voice] Pass.,συμμ<ε>ιχθῆναι γυναικί Hdt.4.114
;πάλιν ξυμμι<ς>γέσθω Hp.Superf.26
;συμμιγῆναι ἀλλήλοις Pl.Smp. 207b
;ὅταν.. συμμ<ς>ιχθῆτον εἰς ταὐτὸν δύο E.Fr.898.11
; Ἔρως ξυνέμ<ε> ιξενξυμμ<ε>ιγνυμένων δ' ἑτέρων ἑτέροις γένετ' οὐρανός Ar.Av. 700
.3 [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., associate with persons, Hdt.6.138; ἀνοσίοισι συμμιγεὶς.. ἀνδράσιν mixed up, connected with ungodly men, A.Th. 611.4 metaph., τινὰ εὐθαλεῖ τύχᾳ introduce him to, make him acquainted with high fortune, Pi.P.9.72; χρῆμα δὲ συμμ<ε>ίξῃς μηδενί communicate it not to any one, Thgn.64; κοινόν τι πρῆγμα συμμ<ε>ῖξαί τινι communicate to one a subject of common interest, Hdt.8.58; σ. συμβόλαια form mutual contracts, Pl.Lg. 958c.II intr. in [voice] Act., in sense like the [voice] Pass., have dealings or intercourse with, associate or communicate with, κακοῖσι, ἀγαθοῖς, Thgn.36, 1165, cf. Hdt.4.151, etc.;πονηροῖς ἀνθρώποις D.32.11
;Διονυσίῳ Phld.Acad.Ind. p.7
M.; σ. πρός τινα join him, X.HG1.3.7: generally, meet for conversation or traffic, Hdt.2.63, 6.23, etc.; σ. τινί talk or converse with, Id.1.123, E.Hel. 324, Ar.Ec. 516 (anap.), X.Cyr.8.1.46;διὰ λόγων σ. τινί Pl.Plt. 258a
;πρός τινα X.Cyr.7.4.11
; Ἱέραξ ὁ παρὰ σοῦ συμμείξας BGUl.c.; of ambassadors interviewing kings, OGI ll. cc.2 of sexual intercourse, Pl.Lg. 930d.3 in hostile sense, meet in close fight, come to blows, engage, τινι with one, Hdt.1.127, 6.14, Th.7.6, etc.: abs., Id.1.49, 8.104, X. An.4.6.24; alsoσ. τῇ ναυμαχίῃ Hdt.1.166
;σ. τινὶ ἐς μάχην Id.4.127
, etc.;σ. ὁμόσε τισί X.Cyr.7.1.26
; σ. εἰς χεῖράς τινι ib.2.1.11; of ships, Th.2.84: c. acc., νείκεα συνμείσχιν ([etym.] συμμείξειν)πόλεμόν θ' ἅμα IG12.920
.4 generally, meet,τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς λιμένα X.An. 6.3.24
, cf. PEleph.29.11 (iii B.C.), etc.; θάλατται πρὸς ἀλλήλας ς. Arist.Mete. 354a1;ποταμοὶ σ. ἀλλήλοις D.S.2.37
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμμείγνυμι
-
16 τέως
A so long, in the meantime, correlat. toἕως, ἧος ἐγὼ.. ἠλώμην, τῆός μοι ἀδελφεὸν ἄλλος ἔπεφνεν Od.4.91
, cf. Il.20.42; to ὄφρα, 19.189; so in [dialect] Att.,ἐσθίων τ. ἕως.. Ar. Pax32
: sts. without a Relat., until then, during that time, referring to a time already indicated,ἐς γάμου ὥρην.. · τῆος δὲ.. παρὰ μητρὶ κεῖσθαι ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ Od.15.127
; τελεσφόρον εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν.. · ὁ δὲ τῆος (Nauck, for τέως μὲν) .. δέδετο ib. 231, cf.S.Aj. 558; ποσσῆμαρ μέμονας.., ὄφρα τ... μένω, i.e. for that number of days, Il.24.658, cf. Od.16.370; ἐγὼ δ' οἴσω τ. E.Heracl. 725, cf. Ar. Pax 687, 729 (anap.).2 rarely for ἕως, Hdt.4.165, Hp.Int.26, Mul.2.165, Pl.Smp. 191e, D.19.326, 21.16, A.R.4.821, 1617, Sardis7(1)No. 1 ii 12,19.II for a time, a while (cf. ἕως B), mostly with some answering word or phrase, asτῆος μὲν.., αὐτὰρ νῦν Od.16.139
;τῆος.., ἀλλ' ὅτε δή 24.162
(Nauck, for τέως μὲν.. ); φίλον τ., νῦν δ' ἐχθρόν A.Ch. 1001(993)
;τ. μὲν.., ὡς δὲ.. Th.6.61
, Pl.Phd. 117c; τ. μὲν.., ἐπεὶ or ἐπειδὴ δὲ.. , X.Cyr.5.3.17, Lys.31.8;τ. μὲν.., ἡνίκα δὲ.. X.HG4.3.17
;τ. μὲν.., μετὰ δὲ.. Hdt.1.11
;τ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. Id.6.83
;τ. μὲν.., τέλος δὲ.. Id.1.82
;τ. μὲν.., νῦν δὲ.. Ar.Th. 449
; τ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα or εἶτα.., without δέ, Th.5.7, X.HG 2.2.17, Ar.Nu.66:—without answering phrase, A.R.2.132.III up to this time, hitherto, Hdt.6.112, Ar.Pl. 834, Pl.Smp. 191b, IG12.57.21, 108.48;ἐν τῷ τ. χρόνῳ Lys.7.12
, 27.16 (but ἐν τῷ τ. in the meantime, Polyaen.1.39.4, 8.47.1, Ael.NA2.25, 11.38, Steph. in Hp. 1.217 D., condemned by Hdn.Philet.p.434 P.; διὰ τὸ τ. for the present, Zos.Alch.p.231 B.);φίλοι τ. ὄντες Is.1.9
.IV τ. εἰδέναι χρή you must know to begin with, Gp.9.11.1, 9.19.1;νυνὶ δ' αὐτὸ τὸ κεφάλαιον.. ἄκουσον εἰς ὀλίγους τ. ἀνενηνεγμένον σκοπούς Gal.15.764
. [As a trochee before a vowel, Il.20.42, Od.16.370; as a trochee (spondee) before a consonant, Il.15.277 (Zenod.), Od.4.91, 15.127, 16.139; as an iambus, only Il.19.189 (sed leg. αὐτόθι τῆος, om. περ), 24.658, Od.18.190; as a monosyll., 15.231, 24.162, never in Il.; in codd. of Hom. written τείως, Od.4.91, al. (so in A.R.2.132, al.);τέως Il.24.658
, al.; rarely τεῖος, one cod. in Il.20.42.] (Cret. [full] τάως Hsch.: but the dialect forms of the correlative ἕως (ἇς etc.) indicate a primitive Gr. Τᾱος, Old [dialect] Ion. Τῆος (cf. Skt. tāvat 'so great, so long'), whence later [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Att. τέως.) -
17 φθάνω
Aἔφθανον X.HG6.2.30
, AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor): [tense] fut.φθήσομαι Il.23.444
, Th.5.10, Pl.R. 375c, etc.; but φθάσω [ᾰ] Hp. Morb.3.13 (s. v. l.), X.Cyr.5.4.38: [tense] aor.ἔφθᾰσα Hdt.7.161
, A.Pers. 752 (troch.), Th.3.49, X.Cyr.7.1.19, etc.; imper.φθάσον J.AJ6.11.7
; opt. [ per.] 3sg.φθάσειε Isoc.8.120
, pl.φθάσειαν X.HG7.2.14
(this tense prevails in later Gk., Plb.3.66.1, etc.); [dialect] Dor.ἔφθασσα Theoc.2.115
: but the only [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. is ἔφθην, not found in A. or S., but the more usual form in E. and Ar., less freq. in Th., X., D.; pl. ἔφθημεν, -ητε, -ησαν, E.Ph. 1468, Isoc.5.7, Antipho 2.2.5, [dialect] Ep.pl.3φθάν Il.11.51
; subj. φθῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθήῃ, φθῇσιν, 16.861, 23.805; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.φθέωμεν Od.16.383
; [ per.] 3pl.φθέωσι 24.437
; opt. φθαίην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθαίησι ([etym.] παρα-) Il.10.346; inf.φθῆναι Hdt.6.115
, Th.4.4; part.φθάς Hdt.3.71
; [dialect] Ep. part. [voice] Med.φθάμενος Il.5.119
, al., Hes.Op. 554: [tense] pf. ἔφθᾰκα Philipp. ap. D.18.39, LXX 2 Ch.28.9, IG12 9).906.26 (Chalcis, iii A. D.);πέφθακα Ps.-Callisth. 2.10
(v. l): [tense] plpf.ἐφθάκει Plu.Galb. 17
, Luc.Philops.6:—[voice] Pass., Arist.Mu. 395a18: [tense] impf.ἐφθάνετο AP9.278
([place name] Bianor);ἐφθάνοντο J.BJ5.2.4
(v.l. ἐφονεύοντο): [tense] aor.ἐφθάσθην D.H. 6.25
, Epigr.Gr. 315 ([place name] Smyrna), IPE2.197 (Panticapaeum, ii A. D.), J.AJ8.12.4. Gal.4.560. [[pron. full] φθᾰνω always in [dialect] Att. (so also in AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor), APl.4.382, 384); φθᾱνω in Il.9.506, 21.262 (where Zenod. read φθανέει for φθάνει) ]:— come or do first or before others:I c. acc. pers., to be beforehand with, overtake, outstrip, in running or otherwise,φθάνει δέ τε καὶ τὸν ἄγοντα Il.21.262
;φθῆ σε τελος θανάτοιο 11.451
, cf. Hes.Op. 554, 570, Hdt.7.161, E.Heracl. 120, IT 669, Isoc.9.42, etc.;οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 Ep.Thess.4.15
; so ἔφθησαν τὸν χειμῶνα they anticipated the storm, Hdt.7.188;φθάσας τὸν λογισμόν D.21.38
:—[voice] Pass., to be overtaken, , AP9.278 ([place name] Bianor); ἐφθάσθην (v. supr.).II abs., come or act first, opp. ὑστερέω or ὑστερίζω, E.Ph. 975, X.An.6.1.18, cf. Th.4.121; τοῦ φθάσαντος ἁρπαγή the prey of the first comer, A.Pers. 752 (troch.), cf. Fr.23 (lyr.); ; , 100;φθάσαι πρὶν ἀδικηθῆναι Arist.Pol. 1302b23
, cf. Rh. 1373a23; in later writers, τὰ φθάσαντα the things before mentioned, Ael.VH 1.34, Arg.D.46; part. φθάνων, φθάσας previous,τῶν φθασάντων δυεῖν βιβλίων Porph.Abst.3.1
; ἐν τοῖς φθάνουσιν ἔργοις Dex.Hist.Fr. 26 J.;τοῖς φθάνουσι κατορθώμασι Id.Fr.6
J.;οἱ φθάσαντες πόνοι Agath.5.16
; previous time,Ael.
VH14.6; τὸ φθάσαν, τὰ φθάσαντα, the past, Agath.3.2, al., Procop.Gaz.Ep.32;ὁ φθάσας χρόνος Men.
Prot.p.127 D.2 with Preps., come or arrive first,ἕως τῶν οὐρανῶν LXX 2 Ch.28.9
;ἔφθασεν ἐφ' ὑμᾶς Ev.Matt.12.28
, Ev.Luc.11.20, cf. 1 Ep.Thess.2.16: φ. εἰς .., simply, arriveat, attain to, Ep.Rom.9.31, Ep.Phil.3.16, Plu.2.338a;φθάσομεν εἰς Πηλούσι<ον> PPar.18.14
(ii A. D.): abs., of Time, arrive, καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔφθακε (v.l. ἔφθασεν) LXXCa. 2.12; ἔφθασεν ὁ μὴν ὁ ἕβδομος ib.2 Es.3.1.d Gramm., to be applied or applicable,ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρας τὰς διαθέσεις A.D.Synt.211.22
, cf. 217.23, al.III the action in which one is beforehand is expressed by the part. agreeing with the subject, [Ἄτη] πολλὸν ὑπεκπροθέει, φθάνει δέ τε πᾶσαν ἐπ' αἶαν βλάπτουσ' ἀνθρώπους and is beforehand in doing men mischief, Il.9.506; ἀλλ' ἄρα μιν φθῆ Τηλέμαχος κατόπισθε βαλών Telemachus was beforehand with him in striking, i.e. struck first, Od.22.91, cf. 16.383, Il.10.368;ἔφθασέν με προαπελθὼν Χάρμος PCair.Zen.16.3
(iii B. C.); ἔφθησαν ἀπικόμενοι arrived first, Hdt.4.136, cf. 6.115; so φ. εὐεργετῶν to be the first to show a kindness, X.Mem.2.3.14;ὅπως φθάσειαν βοηθήσαντες Id.HG7.2.14
;ἔφθασαν προκαταλαβόντες Th.3.112
;φθάνουσιν αὐτοὺς προκαταφυγοῦσαι Id.2.91
; ;φ. γόνασι προσπεσὼν πατρός E.HF 986
, etc: part. [voice] Pass. is also used, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη πόλις ἁλοῦσα, i.e. it would be taken first, Il.13.815; εἴ κε φθήῃ τυπείς shall be wounded first, 16.861; φθαίητε γὰρ ἂν.. ἐξανδραποδισθέντες ἣ .. Hdt.6.108;μὴ φθάσωσι προεπιβουλευόμενοι Th.3.83
;ἔφθη κατακωλυθείς X.HG1.6.17
; φθάνειν δεῖ πεφραγμένους τοὶς πόρους they must first be blocked up, Id.Cyr.2.4.25: these clauses, being compar. in sense, are folld. by a gen., φθὰν δὲ μέγ' ἱππήων.. κοσμηθέντες were drawn up before the drivers, Il.11.51; more freq. by πρὶν .. orἢ.., ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος, πρὶν οὐτάσαι 16.322
, cf. Antipho1.29, X. Cyr.3.2.4; ;ἔφθης πεζὸς ἰὼν ἢ ἐγὼ σὺν νηΐ Od.11.58
; ἔφθησαν ἀναβάντες πρὶν ἢ .. Hdt.9.70; ἔφθησαν ἐκπεσόντες πρότερον ἢ .. Id.6.91.b in later Gr., c. part. to express previous action or happening, φθάνω ὑμῖν πρότερον γεγραφηκώς I have already written to you, POxy.1666.3 (iii A. D.), cf. 237 vi30 (ii A. D.), etc.;ἔφθασα εἰρηκώς Luc.Pisc.29
;ὡς ἔφθην εἰπών Id.Par.3
; cf. 111.2b.2 in the same sense, part. φθάς or φθάσας, [dialect] Ep. φθάμενος, is used like an Adv. with a principal Verb, ὅς μ' ἔβαλε φθάμενος, for ὅς μ' ἔφθη βαλών, Il.5.119, cf. 13.387, Od. 19.449; οὐκ ἄλλος φθὰς ἐμεῦ κατήγορος ἔσται no other shall be an accuser before me, Hdt.3.71; ἀνέῳξάς με φθάσας you opened the door before me, Ar.Pl. 1102;φθάσας προσπεσοῦμαι Th.5.9
, cf. 2.91, X.Cyr. 1.5.3, etc.; even with a part.,φθάσας.. ἁρπάσας Hdt.6.65
; rarely part. [tense] pres.,φθάνοντες δῃοῦμεν X.Cyr.3.3.18
.b in signf. 111.1b, φθάσαντες ἐπληρώσαμεν αὐτούς we had already paid them, POxy.1103.6 (iv A. D.); but ὡσεὶ καὶ ὁμογενῆ φθάσας εἶπον as if I had said (not had already said) ὁ., Gal.16.502.3 rarely c. inf., ὁ φθάσας θαρσῆσαι he that first gains confidence, Th.3.82; σπεύδειν ὅπως.. φθαίης ἔτ' εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐλθεῖν (v.l. ἐλθών ) hurry to be in time to get to.., Ar.Eq. 935 (lyr.), cf. Nu. 1384 (v. infr. IV. 1); μόλις φθάνει θρόνοισιν ἐμπεσοῦσα μὴ χαμαὶ πεσεῖν hardly manages by falling first on the seat not to fall on the ground, E.Med. 1169; more freq. in later writers, of actions which one manages to do, does before or has done first or already, A.R.1.1189, D.H.4.59,61, Sor.1.111, Gal.15.2,93, Luc. DMort.13.2, Harm.2;ἐὰν φθάσω πρὸ τῆς τρύγης ἀνελθεῖν PSI8.971.10
(iii/iv A. D.);ἐὰν ὁ ἰατρὸς αὐτὸ φθάσῃ κενῶσαι Gal.16.499
; φθάνοντος ἤδη πυρέττειν ἐκ τεττάρων ἡμερῶν τοῦ νοσοῦντος having already begun, ib.498; μὴ φθάνων προσηκόντως τρέφεσθαι if he is not first suitably nourished, Id.18(2).36, cf. 84,103; συμβαίνει φθάνειν ἀποθνῄσκειν τοὺς νεωτέρους the young die first, ib.222; εἰ φθάσαιμεν παλαιοὺς πίθους ἔχειν μεγάλους if we already have.., Gp.6.3.11, cf. 10.22.2, al., A.D.Pron.90.1;ἔφθακεν οὖν ταῦτα ἐψηφίσθαι καὶ τῇ βουλῇ IG12(9).906.26
(Chalcis, iii A. D.).IV with negatives,1 with οὐ and part. (inf. is v. l. in Ar.Nu. 1384), folld. by καί or καὶ εὐθύς, of two actions following close on each other, οὐ φθάνειν χρὴ συσκιάζοντας γένυν καὶ.. ὁρμᾶν you must no sooner get your beard than you march, E.Supp. 1219; οὐ φθάνει ἐξαγόμενος καὶ εὐθὺς ὅμοιός ἐστι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις no sooner is he brought out than he becomes unclean, X.Eq.5.10, cf. Ar.Nu. 1384; οὐκ ἔφθημεν εἰς Τροιζῆν' ἐλθόντες καὶ τοιαύταις νόσοις ἐλήφθημεν ἐξ ὧν .. no sooner had we come to Troezen than.., Isoc.19.22, cf. 5.53, 8.98, 9.53; οὐκ ἔφθη μοι συμβᾶσα ἡ ἀτυχία καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπεχείρησαν διαφορῆσαι τἄνδοθεν scarcely or no sooner had misfortune befallen me when.., D.57.65, cf. 43.69, Isoc.4.86.2 οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε, with part. [tense] pres., express a strong exhortation or urgent command, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε τὴν ταχίστην ὀπίσω ἀπαλλασσόμενοι you could not be too quick in departing, i.e. make haste and be off, Hdt.7.162; οὐ φθάνοιτ' ἔτ' ἄν θνῄσκοντες make haste and die, E.Or. 936, cf. 941, Alc. 662, Heracl. 721, Tr. 456 (troch.), IT 245; ; ἀποτρέχων οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 1133; εἰς ἀγορὰν ἰὼν ταχέως οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 874, cf. Ec. 118;οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις λέγων Pl. Smp. 185e
, X.Mem.2.3.11; these phrases are not to be treated as questions, cf. οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιμι (sc. λέγων) Pl.Smp. 214e, cf. Phd. 100c, D.25.40, Luc.Fug.26, Symp.2, Anach.14: c. part. [tense] aor., once in Luc., Vit.Auct.26.b in 1, 2, or 3 pers., to express immediate futurity, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ἀκούων you shall hear in a moment, Pl.Euthd. 272d; οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τὸ πλῆθος τούτοις τοῖς θηρίοις δουλεῦον will soon (or inevitably) be enslaved to.., D.24.143; also to express what is logically inevitable, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦντες they will soon be (or cannot logically help) worshipping them, Aristeas 137;τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλεῖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐγκαλῶν Luc.Fug.2
;οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι κἀμὲ μάντιν λέγων Id.Hes.8
;οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τις ἁπάσας ἀναιρῶν τὰς τοιαύτας προστασίας Id.Apol.11
: c. part. [tense] aor., Id.Tox.2. -
18 ὅστις
A that): Hom. has also the masc. collat. formὅτις Od.1.47
, al. (also in Critias 2.9 and [dialect] Ion. and Arc. Prose, Jahresh.12.136 ([place name] Erythrae), IG12(5).22 ([place name] Ios), 5(2).343.34 (Orchom. Arc.)) and the neut.ὅττι Od.9.402
, al., cf.ὄττι Alc.45
.—In some forms only the second part is inflected, viz. gen.ὅτου Th.1.23
, al., [dialect] Ep.ὅττεο Od.1.124
, later [dialect] Ion. ὅτεο Jahresh.l.c., [var] contr.ὅττευ Od.17.121
, ὅτευ ib. 421, Hdt.1.7; Lesb.ὄττω Sapph.Supp.5.3
; dat.ὅτῳ Th.1.36
, al.; perh. also in [dialect] Ion., Emp. 2.5, Democr.99, Hp.VC14; [dialect] Ep.ὅτεῳ Od.2.114
, and as disyll., Il.12.428, 15.664; so Hdt.1.86, al., Democr.100, Heraclit.15, SIG194.21 (Amphipolis, iv B. C.); Arc. ὀσέοι IG5(2).262.14 (Mantinea, v B. C.); [dialect] Ep. acc.ὅτινα Od.8.204
, 15.395; Delph. gen.ὅτινος IG22.1126.37
(iv B. C.), also Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene); Delph. dat.ὅτινι IG 22.1126.25
; Cret. dat. sg.ὄτιμι Leg.Gort.7.51
, 8.7, al.: pl., nom. masc. Arg.ὄττινες Mnemos.44.65
(iii B. C.); neut.ὅτινα Il.22.450
; gen.ὅτεων Od.10.39
, Hdt.8.65, [dialect] Att. , X.An.7.6.24 (cj.), Oec.3.2 (cj.) (also in Hes.Fr. 238, Anaxag.12, Hp.Aër.21); dat. ὁτέοισι ([etym.] ν) Il.15.491, Hdt.2.82, [dialect] Att. , Ar.Eq. 758, ; acc.ὅτινας Il.15.492
, [dialect] Aeol.ὄττινας Sapph.12
: in a few forms only the first part is inflected, Cret. gen. sg. ὦτι prob. in Leg.Gort.1.5, 2.50, 11.50, al., GDI4993 ii 10: neut. pl.ἄτι Leg.Gort.2.47
, al.: of the forms with double inflexion Hom. has onlyὅν τινα Il.2.188
, al.,ἥν τινα 3.286
, al.,οἵ τινες Od.4.94
, al.,οὕς τινας Il.4.240
, al.,ἅς τινας Od.8.573
; ᾧτινι first in Hes.Op.31, ,ᾗ τινι δή Th.8.87
, : [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have ἧστινος ᾗτινι along with masc. and neut. ὅτου ὅτῳ, and this rule holds with few exceptions in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose before iv B. C.; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Lys.1.37, etc.: ὅτῳ rarely as fem., E.IT 1071.—For the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. form [full] ἅσσα, [dialect] Att. ἅττα, v. ἅσσα.—On the concord and construction cf.ὅς B. 1.1
,3, 11.3, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever;ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Od.1.47
; , etc.: freq. without express antec.,χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Il.21.347
; : hence freq. in maxims or sentiments,οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ' ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Ar.Ra. 1217
;μακάριος ὅ. οὐσίαν καὶ νοῦν ἔχει Men.114
; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. .. Lys.3.4, etc.: freq. in such phrases as ὅστις εἶ, ὅστις ἐστί, v. ὅς B. 111.2; ἔστιν ὅ., freq. with a neg.,οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Il.2.687
; (anap.), cf. 989, 1070 (anap.), etc.;εἰσὶν οἵτινες S.Fr.354.5
; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ .. everything, Hdt. 5.97, Th.7.87:—in these phrases the case of ὅστις commonly depends on that of οὐδείς; but sts. the reverse, v. οὐδείς 1.2: also joined with [comp] Sup., τρόπῳ ὅτῳ ἂν δύνωνται ἰσχυροτάτῳ Foed. ap. Th.5.23;ὅντινα ἀφανέστατον δύναιντο τρόπον Paus.10.1.5
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. sts. strengthd. by an antec. πᾶς, but only in sg.,ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ A.Pr.35
, cf. Th.8.90 ( πάντες ὅσοι being commonly used in pl., not πάντες οἵτινες; butπᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ IG12.410
).II referring to a definite object, prop. only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι' ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Hdt.3.120; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ' ἀφ' ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, S.OT 1184, cf. A.Pr. 38, Ag. 1065; but in quite definite sense,βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Th.6.3
: sts. even with οὗτος or ὅδε as antec., Hdt.1.167, 2.99, 6.47, E.Hipp. 943, Theoc.8.87.2 ἐφ' ὅτῳ, = ἐφ' ᾧτε, D.S.16.4; soἐφ' ὅτῳ τε Delph.3(2).236
(ii B. C.).III in indirect questions, Hom., etc.,εἴπ' ἄγε μοι καὶ τόνδε.., ὅς τις ὅδ' ἐστί Il.3.192
, cf. 167, etc.; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that.., 14.509;ξεῖνος ὅδ', οὐκ οἶδ' ὅς τις Od.8.28
: in dialogue, when the person questioned repeats the question asked by τίς, asοὗτος τί ποιεῖς;—ὅ τι ποιῶ
;Ar.
Ra. 198; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ εἶ;—ὅστις;πολίτης χρηστός Id.Ach. 595
, cf. Pl. 462, Pl.Euthphr.2c, etc.2 rare and late in direct questions, ;A.D.
Adv.140.12; ἀνθ' ὅτου .. ; = why? Jul.Ep.82p.109B.-C.; cf. ὅπως.IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles:2 ὅστις δή (v. δή IV. 1), freq. used without any distinct relative force, θεῶν ὅτεῳ δή to some one or other of the gods, Hdt.1.86;ὅτευ δὴ χρήματος δεησόμενον Id.3.121
;ᾗ τινι δὴ γνώμῃ Th.8.87
, etc.; alsoὅ τι δήκοτε πρήξοντα Hdt.6.134
;ὅστις δήποτ' ὤν Pl.Phdr. 273c
;ὡς ἀπετύγχαν' ὁτουδήποτε D.19.167
;ὁτῳδήτινι τρόπῳ PFay.21.11
(ii A. D.); sob ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Th.4.16, Pl. Smp. 198b, etc.;μετὰ ὁτουοῦν τρόπου Th.8.27
; ; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Arist.Pol. 1286a31: freq. with neg.,μηδ' ἂν ὁστισοῦν τυγχάνῃ ὤν Pl.Euthphr.5e
, cf. Phd. 78d, etc.; οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Ar.Nu. 344, Pl. 385;μηδοτιοῦν Thgn.64
: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (v.l. ὅτι ἄν) Arist.Mu. 391a22.3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, A.Ag. 160(lyr.), cf. Hdt.8.65.4 ὅστις περ (cf. ὅσπερ), mostly in neut.,ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ' ὄφελος Ar.Ec.53
, cf. Pl.R. 492e: in masc., D.21.225.5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Il.23.43, al.VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, S.OC 345, Tr. 326, Ar.Nu. 528, X.Cyr.8.2.16, etc.;ἐξ ὅτου περ Ar.Ach. 596
; ἀπ' ὅτευ since.., Hdt.1.7, cf. SIG45.18 (Halic., v B. C.); so until..,Ev.Luc.
13.8. -
19 εἴδω
εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense ofA see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late ), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter.ἴδεσκε Il.3.217
, late [dialect] Aeol.εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11
([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep.ἴδωμι Il.18.63
; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut.ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part.ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88
, al.:1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.;ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020
; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause,ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450
; : freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725;οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240
;ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a
.c see, i.e. experience,νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233
, etc.;δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56
;ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835
;τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270
(lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.;κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320
; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249;ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a
.II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep.ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58
, part.ἐειδόμενος Pi.
N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part.ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22
, al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559;εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98
;εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319
;ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19
([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.2 c. inf., appear or seem to be, ; , etc.: with inf. omitted,οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ 19.283
, etc.;οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται Il.14.472
, cf. Theoc. 25.58; also, look like or make a show of.., εἴσατ' ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, Od.8.283; εἴσατο δ' ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, 5.281.3 strictly middle, c. dat., εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, Il.2.791, cf. 20.81;αὐδὴν εἰσάμενός τινι Rhian.50
: esp. in part., like,εἰδομένη κήρυκι Il.2.280
, etc.;τῷ δ' ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος Pi.N.10.15
;εἰδόμενος τοκεῦσιν A.Ag. 771
(lyr.);φάσμα εἰδόμενόν τινι Hdt.6.69
.B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
,οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.),οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg.ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. alsoεἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),εἴδομεν Il.1.363
,εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, alsoἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean :—[tense] plpf.ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a,ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. , etc.; pl.,ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40,ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232),ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-), ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23,ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; alsoεἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
;ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
;οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
;ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
;μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
;κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; ;εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
;θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
;μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
;μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53;μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.2 c. inf., know how to do,οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, .3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, ; : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329;εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; alsoεὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
;ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc.,οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
;ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd. -
20 σανίς
A board, plank, timber,σ. πτελεΐνη IG12.313.133
, cf. 22.1672.168, Plb.1.22.9, AP9.269 (Antip. Thess.), Act.Ap.27.44, etc.;σ. ἄξοος Call.Fr. 105
:—hence anything made thereof,1 door, Hom. always in pl., folding doors, Il.12.453, 461, Od.22.128, etc.; κολληταὶ ς. Il.9.583;σ. πυκινῶς ἀραρυῖαι, δικλίδες Od.2.344
, cf. Il.21.535; πύλῃσιν ἐπικεκλιμέναι ς. 12.121: rarely in sg., E.Or. 1221.6 in pl., wooden tablets for writing on, E.Alc. 967 (lyr.): esp.at Athens and elsewh., tablets covered with gypsum, on which were written all sorts of public notices, esp. the causes for hearing in the law-courts, Ar.V. 349, 848; laws to be proposed, Decr. ap. And.1.84; laws corrected by the Thesmothetae, Aeschin.3.39; lists of officers, Lys.26.10; accounts, IG12.374.190; names of debtors, D.25.70 (in sg.), Isoc.15.237: sg. also in SIG 975.30 (Delos, iii B.C.); at Rome, of the tables on which the laws were written, D.C.42.32.b pl., painted panels, pictures, SIG 977a10 (Delos, ii B.C.).7 plank to which offenders were bound or nailed, ζῶντα πρὸς σανίδα διε- (v.l. προσδιε-)πασσάλευσαν Hdt.7.33
;σανίδι προσπασσαλεύσαντες Id.9.120
, cf. Cratin.341;ἐν τῇ σ. δῆσαι, πρὸς τῇ σ. δεῖν Ar.Th. 931
, 940; J.
См. также в других словарях:
rarely/seldom if ever — used as a more forceful way to say “rarely” or “seldom” I have seldom if ever been so embarrassed. ◇ Rarely if ever and seldom if ever can be written both with or without commas Such radical opinions have rarely, if ever, been heard here before … Useful english dictionary
Rarely Asked Questions — (RAQ) is a monthly essay on a topic in analog electronics published by Analog Devices Inc.The essays are published monthly in EDN and Design News and are also available on line at Analog Devices website.They are about 400 words in length, are… … Wikipedia
Letters Written in Sweden, Norway, and Denmark — Letters Written During a Short Residence in Sweden, Norway, and Denmark (1796) is a deeply personal travel narrative by the eighteenth century British feminist Mary Wollstonecraft. The twenty five letters cover a wide range of topics, from… … Wikipedia
Formal written English — is a version of the language that is used by educated English speakers around the world. It takes similar forms regardless of the local spoken dialect. In spoken English, there are a vast number of differences between dialects, accents, and… … Wikipedia
Things a Computer Scientist Rarely Talks About — Infobox Book name = Things a Computer Scientist Rarely Talks About author = Knuth, Donald country = United States language = English subject = Computer Science and Religion publisher = Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford,… … Wikipedia
Moroccan Arabic — مغربي Maġribi Pronunciation [mɑɣribi] Spoken in Morocco Native speakers 21 million (1995) … Wikipedia
Latin literature — Introduction the body of writings in Latin, primarily produced during the Roman Republic and the Roman Empire, when Latin was a spoken language. When Rome fell, Latin remained the literary language of the Western medieval world until it was … Universalium
Crossword — For other uses of crossword, see crossword (disambiguation) An American style crossword grid layout A crossword is a word puzzle that normally takes the form of a square or rectangular grid of white and shaded squares. The goal is to fill the… … Wikipedia
Arabic language — Arabic redirects here. For other uses, see Arabic (disambiguation). For the literary standard, see Modern Standard Arabic. For vernaculars, see varieties of Arabic. For others, see Arabic languages. Arabic العربية/عربي/عربى al ʿarabiyyah/ʿarabī … Wikipedia
Euphonium repertoire — The euphonium repertoire consists of solo literature and orchestral or, more commonly, band parts written for the euphonium. Since its invention in 1843, the euphonium has always had an important role in ensembles, but solo literature was slow to … Wikipedia
Mute (music) — For the playing technique for the guitar, see Palm mute. Yamaha U1 piano mute A mute is a device fitted to a musical instrument to alter the sound produced: by affecting the timbre, reducing the volume, or most commonly both. Contents … Wikipedia
